EU - Complete Catalogue Sizes 60-84 GB 201004

Air Handling Unit EU
Technical Data 2010
Modular units EU
Flow Chart
Detailed table of contents ...1 - 4 Pressure drop Tables .64 - 80 Description Texts ..100 - 110
Unit Description 5 - 63 Fan Chart ....81 - 99 Dimension and weight data111 - 158
Product Codes 159 - 200
Flow Chart
Airow
EU Air Handling Unit
TECHNICAL DATA - 2008 page 1
Contents
Contents N0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page EU Catalogue 8007 Unit Descriptions
Contents Design 8009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 Damper sections 8010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10 Filter sections 8010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11 Humidifiers/ Centrifugal fans/ Air heaters/Air coolers 8010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
Pressure drop 4609
EU-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 EU-62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 EU-64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 EU-71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 EU-73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 EU-80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 EU-82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 EU-84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79 EULR-60-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .82 EULR-62-3/64-2/71-2/73-1/80-2/82-1 . . . . . . .85 EULR-60-2/62-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83 EULR-60-3/62-2/64-1/71-1/80-1 . . . . . . . . . . . .84 Fan charts Explantion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .81
Contents Pressure drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
Angle Section/ Empty Section/ Silencer 8010 .14 Quick Selection Tables 8006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Heat Recovery 8010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
Plug fans 8010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
EULR Fan charts 4383
Quick Selection Tables for Air Coolers 8013 . . .24 Installation Examples 8014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25 ControlMaster 8612 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Controller, Hand-held Micro Terminal and Description, General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29 Description, Electrical Design . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Dimensions Quick Selection 8012 . . . . . . . . . .20
Menu Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34
EULR-84-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 EULR-60-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 EULR-62-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 EULR-64-2/71-2/80-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91
EULR-73-3/82-3/84-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87
EULR-64-3/71-3/73-2/80-3/82-2/84-1 . . . . . . .86
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35
Description, Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
Description, Control of Components . . . . . .39 Description, Pipework Package . . . . . . . . . . .40 Supply and Extract Air Handling Units without
EULK Fan charts 4381
Description, Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Heat Exchanger with or without Mixing . . . . .48
EULK-60-1, 62-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93 EULK-60-2,62-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94 EULK-62-3-(3,5), 64-2-(3,5), 71-2-(3,5), 73-2-(3,5), 80-2-(3,5), 82-1-(3,5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Fan charts Explantion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
EULK-60-3, 64-1, 71-1, 73-1, 80-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95 EULK-64-3-(3,5), 73-3-(3,5), EULK-64-4-(3,5), 73-4-(3,5),
82-2-(3,5), 84-1-(3,5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 82-3-(3,5), 84-2-(3,5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 EULK-84-3-(3,5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99
Contents
Descriptive Texts 8015
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100
Dimensions and weights 4377
Unit Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Outdoor version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Filter Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Duct Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Bag filter, medium long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Carbon filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104 Absolute filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Bag filters, long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Panel filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Roof EUBZ-01 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117 Mixing section EUVC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .120 Intake air section EUVB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .119
End connection frame EUVA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Base frame EUAZ-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
modules of different size EUVH . . . . . . . . . . . . .115
Inspection door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Jointing frame between
Unit casing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Stacked units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113
Electric air heaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 Air cooler (incl. compressors, evaporators and
Air coolers, for chilled water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105 Air coolers, direct expansion (dx) . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Humidifier, evaporative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Air heaters, for hot water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105
Intake / exhaust section EUVE
condensers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Humidifier, steam . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106 Rotary heat exchanger, REGOTERM . . . . . . . . .107
Mixing and exhaust air section EUVG
(Outdoor unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Mixing section EUVF (Outdoor unit ) . . . . . . . .126
Mixing and exhaust air section EUVD . . . . . . .122
(Outdoor unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127 Filter section EUP(A,B,C) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128 Absolute filter EUPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .129 Carbon filter EUPK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .130 Air heater for hot water EUEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Liquid-coupled heat exchangers,
external energy, ECONET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107 Silencers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109 Base frame . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110 Direct-driven plenum fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .109 Belt-driven centrifugal fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
Liquid-coupled heat exchangers, ECOTERM . .107
Plate heat exchanger, RECUTERM . . . . . . . . . . .107
Air heater for steam EUES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135 Air cooler for chilled water EUNN . . . . . . . . . .136 Air cooler for evaporative
Frost coil EUEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Air heater, electric EUEK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133
Air heater for hot water EUEV . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Radial fan EULR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145
Plenum fan EULK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147
refrigerant EUNP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
Contents
Evaporative humidifier EUQA . . . . . . . . . . . . .148 Rotary heat exchanger Silencer EUSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .149 Frost protection screen EUTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .151 EUVG EUVT Exhaust and mixing section, Connection frame, outdoor version . . . . . . . . . . .174 on end wall of casing . . . . . . .174 Connection accessories . . . . .175 Pleated filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .175 Short bag filter . . . . . . . . . . . .175 Long bag filter . . . . . . . . . . . .176 Carbon filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .178
EURA REGOTERM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 Liquid-coupled heat exchanger
EURF ECOTERM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
Filters
EUVZ EUPA
EURT ECONET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .157 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .158 Air handling unit, Casing EUBB EUBS Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
EUPZ, 01-02 Replacement filters . . . . . . . .175 EUPB EUPC EUPZ, 04-05 Replacement filters . . . . . . . .177 EUPK EUPF
Ordering key 4403
Casing, outdoor version,
sizes 60-84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161 Casing, outdoor version, End wall for service walkway..162
EUPZ, 06-19 Filter accessories . . . . . . . . . . .178 Air heaters EUEG Air coolers EUNN EUNP EUEK EUES EUVE EUEE
EUTS
Connection, Mixing EUVC EUVA EUVB
EUAZ
EUVH
sizes 60-84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161 Casing accessories . . . . . . . . .164 Jointing frame . . . . . . . . . . . .163
EUPZ, 20-24 Filter accessories . . . . . . . . . . .179 Air heater, hot water . . . . . . .180 Frost coil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .181 Air heater, electric . . . . . . . . .181 Air cooler, chilled water . . . .182 Air cooler with drawable drain tray . . . . . . . .182 Air heater, steam . . . . . . . . . . .181 Air heater, hot water . . . . . . .180
Absolute filter . . . . . . . . . . . . .179
EUBZ,WZ
Casing accessories . . . . . . . . .168 Intake air section . . . . . . . . . .171
EUVE EUVF
EUVD
Intake/exhaust section, Mixing section,
outdoor version . . . . . . . . . . .173 outdoor version . . . . . . . . . . .173
Mixing and exhaust section .171
Mixing section . . . . . . . . . . . .171
End connection frame . . . . . .170
Centrifugal fan EULR EULS EULZ
Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .184
Belt drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185
Fan accessories . . . . . . . . . . . .185
Contents
Plenum fan EULK EUQA Plenum fan, direct-driven . . .188 Motors and Accessories APAL 1-speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
Humidifiers EUQZ EUSA EUTZ EUEL EUQB
Silencers EUTC
Humidifier accessories . . . . .191
Humidifier, steam . . . . . . . . .191
Humidifier, evaporative . . . .191
ASSL Panel STRF
Casing sections
Silencer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191
APAK PANE
ARAL, ARSL 2-speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196 Motor cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196 Replacement panel, Frequency inverter . . . . . . . . .198 2, 4, 6, 8 poles . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
ATAL, ATSL 2-speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .196
Empty section . . . . . . . . . . . . .192
Heat exchangers EURA EURZ EURF EURT
Empty section accessories . . .193
REGOTERM rotary heat
Electrical cabinet section . . . .193
Certificates CERZ
AHU., fans, heat exchange,
unit casing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .199
exchanger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .194 ECOTERM, liquid-coupled
material, wgt. . . . . . . . . . . . . .200
REGOTERM accessories . . . .194 ECONET, liquid-coupled heat heat exchangers . . . . . . . . . . .195
EURZ
exchangers, external energi .195
ECONET, accessories . . . . . .196
Design
are modern air handling units. They are designed to meet every conceivable air handling performance requirement and conform to all the pertinent standards in Europe. The units conform to the tightness classes set by CEN and are produced in certificated production facilities both with reference to quality assurance (ISO 9001) and workshop environment (ISO 14001). are based on vast experience. Flkt Woods has been developing and producing air handling units for more than 50 years. All the main components: dampers, coils, heat exchangers, fans and silencers are made by us. offer you flexibility. The large number of standard variants enables us in practice to choose an air handling unit for any space: in the plant room or on the roof of a building. cover an airflow range from 0.3 m3/s to 38 m3/s at pressures up to 2500 Pa. offer four heat recovery options including the worldleader among rotary heat exchangers. are hygienic and are available in a super-hygienic version for clean rooms. The smooth surfaces inside the unit are easy to clean. Simple maintenance and ease of cleaning have been given priority in design of the unit. can be supplied as a number of blocks containing an optional number of functional sections. The blocks are joined together by means of internal bolted joints. are built on a robust framework of box-section steel frame members screwed together with strong corner pieces and clad with 50 mm thick panels to create a rigid casing with excellent thermal and sound attenuating characteristics. are state-of-the-art. Product selection, ordering and production are all computerized. Our product selection computer program helps us offer you products well-suited to your requirements.
The EU Air Handling Units
Frame members: Specially designed, enclosed frame members, made of 1.5 mm thick or 1.8 mm thick (for unit sizes 6084) sheet steel, available in aluminiumzinc plated or stainless version. Corner pieces: Rounded corner pieces cast in one piece, with two tapped holes in each leg. The frame members and corner pieces are joined together by means of screws. Panels: Closed, double-skin sheet steel with 50 mm thick insulation sandwiched between the sheet steel. The skin consists of 0.7 or 1.0 mm thick galvanized or stainless sheet steel. Incombustible 50 kg/m3 or 140 kg/m3 mineral wool slabs are used as insulation. The panels are flush-mounted to the framework by means of screws to form smooth internal and exterior surfaces. Inspection doors: With adjustable hinges and robust door handles. The doors seal tightly against the frame members by means of mechanically fastened sealing strips. Design: Tightness and thermal design conforms to CEN standards. Outdoor version: The casing is sealed with permanent elastic sealing compound along external joints and can be fitted with a roof, cowls and intake air grilles. Casing performance. Heat transfer coefficient
Technical Details
Panel sheet metal thickness 0,7 mm 1,0 mm
Panel insulation 50 kg/m3 CEN class T3 CEN class T3 140 kg/m3 CEN class T3 CEN class T4
Since we design and produce all the components in our units, we therefore have full knowledge of their properties as well. Our product selection software is therefore extremely accurate and especially reliable.
Insulation factor The casing will conform to class TB 3 if an order is placed for block joint insulation. TB2 is available as an option. Leakage class CEN class L3 or L2 is available. Strength of the casing CEN class 1A with 0.7 mm thick panels CEN class 2A with 1.0 mm thick panels Maximum permissible pressure above or below atmospheric is 2500 Pa for size 1151 and 2000 Pa for size 5384 units. Sound attenuation in the unit casing: prEN 1886 and ISO 3744-1981
Sheet Insulation mm kg/m3 63 0,7 0,7 1,0 1,0 50 140 50 140 10 12 12 13 125 10 12 12 15 250 19 22 22 23 500 29 29 29 29 1K 31 28 28 31
Octave band to ISO 2K 28 26 26 29 4K 32 27 27 31 8K 33 29 29 33
Flkt Woods
8009 GB 2009.11
Specifications are subject to alteration without notice
Casing design and properties

The casing framework consists of box-section frame members joined together sturdy corner pieces. The entire arrangement forms a strong and stable framework. The panels and inspection doors are of double-skin construction, with 50 mm thick mineral wool insulation sandwiched between sheet steel. The panels can be removed from the unit. In all unit sizes, the inspection doors are hung on adjustable hinges and are equipped with mechanically secured sealing strips. The inspection doors are also available with door locks. The sandwich construction results in a casing with smooth inside and outside surfaces, which facilitates cleaning and reduces the risk of accumulations of dirt. Since the inside of the unit is completely lined with sheet steel, the risk of fibre entrainment by the air stream is completely eliminated. The unit is available in a enhanced hygiene version with sealed internal joints To simplify maintenance and service, many of the unit sections can be fitted with inspection windows.
The design of the casing conforms to the provisions of the CEN standard for air handling units. Most components are of Flkt Woods manufacture and the various functions are therefore optimally suited to the EU unit. Sturdy box-section framework contributes to the high strength of the casing. The casing panels are of double-skin design with 50 mm thick mineral wool insulation for good thermal and acoustic insulation. Mechanically secured cellular rubber sealing strips at the inspection doors reduce the air leakage to a minimum. Can be delivered in blocks with one or more functio nal sections in order to facilitate transport and installation in confined spaces. Indoor units can be broken down. Totally smooth inside and outside surfaces ensure conformance to strict hygienic demands. Wide choice of materials and surface treatment of the unit casing. Panels of galvanized sheet steel, and a galvanized frame. Panels with internal and external polyester-coated galvanized sheet steel, and a galvanized or stainless steel frame. The external surfaces conform to envi ronmental class M3. Panels and frame in stainless steel Mineral wool insulation with a density of 50 or 140 kg/m3. Frame insulation using 140 kg/mv.
The EU air handling unit meets the requirements in accordance with the classification in the CEN standard for air handling units. The components included in the unit are designed and tested in accordance with Swedish and international standards. The EU air handling unit is produced in nine sizes covering the air flow range from 0.25 m3/s to 25 m3/s (900 m3/h to 90 000 m3/h). The unit is normally delivered either in multi-function blocks that are easily assembled on site. The unit is available in indoor and outdoor versions, and with a variety of heat recovery alternatives. The air handling unit is made by Flkt Woods which is certified under Quality Standard ISO 9001 and environmental standard ISO 14001.
Design features
A unit that meets strict air handling demands
The casing is designed for: a pressure of 2500 Pa above or below atmospheric maximum air temperature of 70 C
Framework
The framework consists of box-section members made of 1.5 mm thick aluminium-zinc coated sheet steel. The box-section members are joined together by means of cast aluminium corner pieces. The frame members are normally un-insulated, but can also be supplied with internal insulation. The blocks are joined together by means of internal bolted joints in the corners of the framework. The panels are of double-skin construction, with 50 mm thick mineral wool insulation sandwiched between sheet steel panels. The density of the insulation is normally 50 kg/m3, but insulation with a density of 140 kg/m3 is also available. The panels are made of galvanized sheet steel, plastic coated steel or stainless steel.
Double-skin construction of casing panels
Flkt Woods
8009 GB 2009.11

Doors are fitted with durable rubber seals and are mounted on hinges. Samtliga drrar frses med lsbara handtag.
Doors
The insulation factor kb (dimensionless, cold bridge factor) is defined by the following formula: kb = (ts - ti) / (te - ti) where ti = Average temperature of the air in the unit casing te = Average ambient temperature casinga ts = Lowest external surface temperature of the unit
te Inside ti ts Outside
Anti-condensation insulation of the casing
Heat losses from the casing The heat transfer coefficient of the unit casing is given in W/(m2C) when the temperature differential between the inside and outside of the casing under steady-state conditions, is 20C. The size and appearance of the test unit and the test procedure are well defined in the standards. According to CEN standard prEN 1886, the heat transfer coefficient U = W/(m2C) of the unit casing is classified in accordance with the following table. Class T1: 0 < U ! 0.5 T2: 0.5 < U ! 1.0 T3: 1.0 < U ! 1.4 (50 kg/m3) T4: 1.4 < U ! 2.0 (140 kg/m3) T5: No requirements
Thermal insulation of the unit
The EU unit conforms to class T3
The insulation factor is a value between zero (0) and one (1). The wall elements have an insulation factor which assumes values close one (1), although the values are lower at certain points on the framework. According to CEN standard prEN 1886, the insulation factor is classified in accordance with the following table. Class TB 1: 0.75 < kb ! 1.00 TB 2: 0.60 < kb ! 0.75 TB 3: 0.45 < kb ! 0.60 TB 4: 0.30 < kb ! 0.45 TB 5: No requirements The lowest value of the insulation factor measured on the outside of the casing determines the insulation class to which the unit casing is assigned.
The EU unit conforms to class TB 3 and class TB 2 is available on request
The insulation factor can be used as a guide to whether there is risk of condensation occurring. The lower the value of kb, the higher the likelihood of condensation occurring on parts of the unit casing in which the air temperature is low. In order to obtain class TB 2/3 for unit divided in blocks an internal insulation of the joint should be ordered.
Flkt Woods
8009 GB 2009.11

CEN-standard prEN 1886 classifies leakage rates for air handling units as follows.
Casing tightness
CEN-standard prEN 1886 classifies casing strength as follows:
Casing strength
Leakage class
Suction -400 Pa Leakage flow max l/s, m2 1,32 0,44 0,15
Pressure +700 Pa Leakage flow max l/s, m2 1,90 0,63 0,22
Highest rec. filter class G1F7 F8F9 over F9
Casing class
Max deflection per meter over10 mm 10 mm 4 mm
Meets max. fan pressure yes yes yes
L3 L2 L1
D3 D2 D1
The leakage flow rate for a unit only subjected to suction must not exceed the above tabulated figures at -400 Pa. The leakage flow rate for a unit only subjected to pressure must not exceed the above tabulated figures at 700 Pa. EU-meets leakage class L3 or L2.
To meet class D1, D2 or D3 the caing shall both not exceed the prescribed deflection and be able withstand the maxium pressure the fan is capable of without plastic deflection.
Definition
Corrosion resistance/environmental class

Corrosion class BSK99 C3 Panel Frame
With 0,7 mm sheet in the panels the EU unit conforms to class D2 and class D1 with 1,0 mm sheet the panels. The maximum pressure below and above atmosperic that the casing can withstand without permanent deformation is 2500 Pa.
Galvanized steel Z275 Polyester coated galvanized steel Stainless steel
Galvanized steel Z275 Aluzinc
C4
C5- (I+M)
Stainless steel
The classifications og the EC unit casing have been verified by measurements at the independent RWTUV laboratory in Germany.
Official test
EU-meets class C2, C4 or C5.
The casing sound reduction is given for a closed system, measured in accordance with EN 1886. The casing offers a 26 dB (A) reduction.
Sound attenuation in the unit casing
The casing sound reduction is given for a closed system, measured in accordance with EN 1886.
Sound attenuation of the components
Flkt Woods
8009 GB 2009.11

The outdoor version of the unit is basically the same as the indoor version, and the technical specifications are the same. The outside of the casing is sealed between panels and frame with permanently elastic sealing compound to prevent moisture from entering the unit. Intake sections with grilles designed for an effective barrier against rain and snow are available. The unit is equipped with a curved EUBZ-01 roof to ensure good water run-off. The roof projects beyond the edge of the unit casing and has a turned-down edge.
Outdoor version
Even in its basic version, the EU unit meets very strict hygienic demands. In each unit module the sides of the casing are perfectly smooth, i.e. there are no level differences between panel surfaces and the closed frame sections. Inspection doors of ample size make it easy to wipe dry the inside surfaces of the unit. The unit has no threshold whatever. To ensure good drainage of flushing water, it is advisable to install the unit with a slope of about 2 towards the inspection side. This can be done, for instance, by means of a base frame and adjustable feet. The hygiene version of the casing is sealed internally between panels and frame to allow for washing and to minimize dust pockets. For collecting the flushing water, the unit can be equipped with a EUWZ-02 drain trough by the inspection doors.
Hygiene version
EUAZ-03 support brackets or EUAZ-04 base frame must be used when the EU unit is installed outdoors. The unit should preferably be mounted on longitudinal beams or on supports spaced a maximum of 1.5 m apart. The electrical cubicle and pipework package should be installed in a warm and easily accessible area indoors.
Sealing compound
Flkt Woods
8009 GB 2009.11
Damper sections
Dampers End connection frame
0 2 6 7
Connection frame section

1 2 3 4 5
Mixing section
01, 11 02, 12 03, 13 04, 14
05, 15
06, 16
07, 17
Mixing and extract air section

01 11
Counter-rotating damper blades of double-skin design, journalled in bearings made of acetate plastic. Smaller dampers with gear wheels and larger dampers with linkage mechanism. Max. permissible pressure differential: 1000 Pa when the damper is closed. Material: Galvanized sheet steel / stainless sheet steel. Tightness class: CEN 3, CEN 4 (T4 / T5)
21
22
23
02
03
04
05
06
07
09
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1 Flkt Woods
8010 GB 2009.11
10
Specifications are subject to alteration without notice.
Filter sections
Filter, short Carbon filter
Filter cassettes, cleanable or disposable, G2 to G4.
Filter with activated carbon in cylinders or cassettes. For horizontal airflow.
Filter, medium long Absolute filter
Filter cassettes, basic bag filter, G3 F5 or fine compact filter F6 to F9. For horizontal or downward vertical airflow.
Filter, long
Absolute filter of filter classes H 10 to H 14 fixed in a mounting frame of patent-pending design. The filter section shall be ordered together with an inspection section to be fitted downstream of the filter.
Filter cassettes, basic and fine filter. G3 F9. Can also be fitted with class G3 pre-filter. For horizontal air direction, inlet/outlet For horizontal air direction, inlet, vertical outlet. For vertical inlet, horizontal outlet.
1 Flkt Woods
8010 GB 2009.11
11
Air heaters/Air coolers

Air cooler for chilled water or direct expansion
Heat exchanger with aluminium or copper fins and copper tubes. Material: Galvanized sheet steel; stainless sheet steel Tubes / fins: Cu/Al, Cu/Cu, Cu/CuSn, Corropaint. Max. permissible operating pressure: 10/16 bar Max. permissible water temperature: 190/100C
Air heater for hot water
Heat exchanger with aluminium or copper fins and copper tubes. Equipped with sloping drain tray made of stainless sheet steel. If condensation is likely to form and the air velocity exceeds 3 m/s, the coil must be equipped with a droplet eliminator. Material: Galvanized sheet steel; stainless sheet steel Tubes / fins: Cu/Al, Cu/Cu, Cu/CuSn, Corropaint.
Options: fin pitch 2, 2.5 and 3 mm. max. face area withdrawable droplet eliminator withdrawable drain tray
Max. permissible operating pressure: 16 bar (14 for DX).
Heat exchanger with aluminium or copper fins and copper tubes. Material: Galvanized sheet steel; stainless sheet steel Tubes / fins: Cu/Al, Cu/Cu, Fe/Al. Max. permissible operating pressure: 10 bar Max. permissible water temperature: 185C
Air heater, steam
The cooling unit is always supplied as a complete, factory-tested unit, with provision for connection to other functional sections. For horizontal airflow only.
Cooling unit
Electric air heater of high and low temperature type. Max. permissible surface temperature: 90C (low temp. version.) Material: Galvanized sheet steel; stainless sheet steel Voltage: 3 x 230 / 3 x 400 / 3 x 415 V.
Air heater, electric
1 Flkt Woods
8010 GB 2009.11
12
Humidifiers/ Centrifugal fans/ Plug fans

Humidifier (evaporative) Unit section for steam humidifier
Material: Galvanized sheet steel/stainless sheet steel (in the stainless version, the fan casing, impeller and belt guard are epoxy-painted).
Evaporative humidifier with humidifier fills made of aluminium or glass fibre. Once-through water: glass fibre only Inlet conn: DN 15 male thread, outlet conn. DN 32 female thread. Unit section for steam humidifier consists of an empty section with drain tray made of stainless steel, and a support for installation of steam distribution lances.
Options with airflow measurement spark-proof fans with bimetallic/thermistor type thermal relays in the motor belt drive with V-belts/flat belt rubber/steel spring anti-vibration mountings. Inlet unit cross section/backside/roof/bottom. Discharge forward/upwards/downwards.
Plug fans are especially well-suited for hygienic applications. The lack of fan casing makes the fan simple to clean. Since the fan can be balanced for low vibration levels, it is well-suited for applications in which vibration-free operation is required.
Direct-driven plug fans
Fans with spiral casing and forward or backwardcurved blades, i.e. type F or B impeller. Type F impeller for the smaller size units if power efficiency isnt of vital importance and type B impeller if high power efficiency is a primary objective.
Belt-driven centrifugal fans
Material galvanized sheet steel/stainless sheet steel (fan stand and impeller are epoxy-painted)
Options with centrifugal diffuser (improves fan efficiency) with airflow measurement with bimetallic/thermistor type thermal relays in the the motor rubber/steel spring anti-vibration mountings. Inlet unit cross section.
Dischargear forward/upwards/towards backside.

1 Flkt Woods
8010 GB 2009.11
13
Angle Section/ Empty Section/ Silencer

Intermediate functional section enabling a number of unit sections to be assembled into an angled unit. The air flow can be deflected either 90 to the side or 90 upwards/downwards.
Angle section
Absorption silencer with baffle elements. The baffle elements contain incombustible, sound absorbing mineral wool slabs protected by a woven outer layer which prevents entrainment of wool fibres by the airflow. Baffle elements are available in versions for dry or wet cleaning. Material: Galvanized sheet steel/stainless sheet steel Inspection door: with/without Withdrawable sound baffles: yes/no.
Silencer
Some variants can be fitted with sound attenuator. For inspection and maintenance work or for connection to ducts. Material: Normal casing material options. Inspection door: with/without Duct connection alternative: At the top or rear side. Drain tray: with/without.
Empty section
(with or without baffles for sound attenuation) Sound attenuating baffles can be fitted in angle sections for deflecting air 90 upwards/downwards.
Angle section
Connection from above
b=5 c = 1-7 dd = 00 b=6 c = 1-7 dd = 00
1 Flkt Woods
8010 GB 2009.11
14
Heat Recovery
Rotary heat exchanger REGOTERM/TURBOTERM RECUTERM Plate heat exchanger
The rotary heat exchanger is used for recovering and transferring heat or cooling energy and, if required, moisture from the extract air to the supply air. The REGOTERM/TURBOTERM system is especially beneficial for installations, where high temperature and humidification efficiency is desirable. Material: Rotor: Rotor type: Galvanized/stainless sheet steel Aluminium One-piece/sectorised rotor Non-hygroscopic/hygroscopic Reinforced edges, without/with Foil spacing: normal/wider
The heat exchanger consists of special corrugated aluminium plates arranged at right angles to one another in the form of a cube. This arrangement creates a large number of air passages through which warm air and cold air meet as they flow in opposite directions without intermixing. The heat exchanger can be supplied with bypass and shut-off dampers for regulating the temperature and/or for use in combination with section-by-section defrosting. Max. temperature efficiency for dry surfaces: 60% Max. temperature efficiency for wet surfaces: 70% Material: galvanised sheet steel / stainless sheet steel. Material in heat exchanger cube: Aluminium or epoxycoated aluminium. Material in the droplet eliminator: plasticMax. permissible pressure drop between the supply air and extract air: 2000 Pa. Max. permissible operating temperature: 70C.
Temperature efficiency for TURBOTERM is 6 % higher than for REGOTERM. Max. permissible operating temperature: 50 C
The functional section is designed for horizontal installation.
1 Flkt Woods
8010 GB 2009.11
15
Heat Recovery
ECOTERM Liquid-coupled heat exchangers ECONET Liquid-coupled coils For heat recovery, heating and cooling
The heat exchanger coils, one for supply air and one for extract air, consist of copper tubes and aluminium fins. The extract air coil has a sloping drip tray made of stainless steel. If condensation is likely to form and the air velocity exceeds 3 m/s, the coil must be equipped with a droplet eliminator. Temperature efficiency up to 70%. Application: Heating coil/cooling coil Material: galvanized sheet steel / stainless sheet steel Tubes / fins: Cu/Al, Cu/Cu, Cu/tinned Cu, Corropaint. Fin pitch: 2 mm/4 mm. Circuit length: short or long. Max. permissible operating pressure: 16 Bar Max. permissible operating temperature: 70C (inlet temperature in the extract air path) Variants: max. face area withdrawable droplet eliminator Designed for horizontal airflow direction.
The ECONET functional section is unique in that it can completely eliminate the need for additional heating coils and cooling coils. The extra energy necessary for heating/cooling is supplied directly in the energy recovery circuit. High-efficiency heat exchangers make it possible to utilise low-grade heat, often in the form of waste heat. The difference between the supply air temperature desired and the temperature of the incoming medium can also be kept very low. The two heat exchangers, one for supply air and one for extract air, consist of copper tubes and aluminium fins. Both heat exchangers have sloping drain trays made of stainless steel. If condensation is likely to form on the coil surface and the air velocity exceeds 3 m/s, the coil must be equipped with a droplet eliminator. Temperature efficiency up to 70%. Besides the two heat exchangers, the product also includes the following: pump unit (1) The unit consists of a pump, piping components and necessary sensors. The pump is a multi-stage centri fugal pump driven by a controllable variable-speed motor. The pump casing, impeller and end pieces are made of stainless steel. control unit (2) The unit consists of a controller that controls the liquid circuit. The controller has software specially developed for optimally utilising the heat exchangers under any conditions that might arise. Alarm functions that include anti-frost protection are included. Frequency inverter for controlling the speed of the pump motor. Initial adjustment and commissioning at the installation site are always included in the ECONET package.
1 Flkt Woods
8010 GB 2009.11
16
Accessories
Sizes 60 84 The lifting wires can be secured against the lower corner pieces of the unit. Max. permissible load with 4 lifting wires: 3000 kg.
Lifting lugs / Lifting wires
With one or two Plexiglas panes.
Inspection Window
194
max. 80
MA
X.
kg 3000
Lenght min 300 Length, min 300
Lifting spreaders
A very stable and torsionally rigid base frame, either for the whole unit or for one or several blocks. The frame of the air handling unit is secured to the base frame by means of brackets. The length and width of the base frame shall be selected to suit the size of the air handling unit and the combination of functional sections.
Base frame
Size 11 - 53
Unit width 30
MA
Size 60 - 84 Size 60 84
58
X.
kg 6000
d=1 H=150 d=2 H=300
Lifting tubes
EUAZ-04 base frame EUAZ-04 base frame
120
MA X.
6000
kg
Unit width 60 Unit width 60
150
EUAZ-04 base frame EUAZ-04 base frame
Flkt Woods
8011 GB 2009.11
17
Accessories
Used if the pressure in the unit is sub-atmospheric. Must not be used if the pressure inside the unit is above atmospheric.
Water trap
Measurement range: up to 500 Pa.
0 Pa
200
0
32 32 mm o.d. mm o.d.
60W bulb
Light fitting
(Make: Dwyer Magnahelic) Flush-mounted in the inspection door. Measurement range: up to 300 Pa.
Differential pressure gauge
INCHES OF WATER
.10
.20
.30
.40 50
EHELI MAGNATED FOR C

CALIBR ON VERTICAL POSITI
120
For measuring the pressure drop across the filter. Measurement range: up to 400 Pa
Manometer
Electronic remote monitor indicates if pressure drop across filters exceeds the preset limit (40 400 Pa) Assembly kit and connection parts are included.
Filter monitor
4,5 48
73
73
Many other accessories are also available, such as duct connection accessories of various design, coil flanges, door locks, etc. For further particulars get in touch with your nearest Flkt Woods representative.
Flkt Woods
8011 GB 2008.02
18
Accessories
Connection accessories on the air side
EULZ 02 connection piece EULZ 01 flexible connection EULZ 03 counterflange EULZ 04 protective screen
EUVZ 05 protective screen EUVZ 04 counterflange EUVZ 02 flexible connection EUVZ 03 connection piece
EUVZ 05 protective screen EUVZ 04 counterflange EUVZ 02 flexible connection EUVA end connection frame with/without damper
Fan inlet on side EUAZ 26, EULZ 06 connection piece EUAZ 25, EULZ 05 flexible connection EUAZ 27, EULZ 07 counterflange EULZ-08 protective screen
Flkt Woods
8011 GB 2008.02
19
Dimensions Quick Selection

Using the quick selection tables
A. Starting on the left hand side, find the column with an appropriate air velocity and then find a suitable unit size for the airflow rate you have. B. The width and height of the unit are found in the columns further to the right. C. Follow the columns to the right and not the individual lengths and weights of the individual sections needed in the unit. Dont forget inspection sections. D. EU units can be assembled in a number of multifunction blocks with a block length to suit conditions on site. For each block, the overall length is determined by summing the individual section lengths together with the casing length. The casing length for sizes 11 to 53 is 104mm and for sizes 60-84 it is 100mm. E. Details of duct connections are to be found on the following page to the right. Outdoor functions such as intake sections are to be found on the last page. Basic rules for multi-function blocks: 1. Check that the length does not exceed the maximum given in the table below. 2. Rotary and plate heat exchangers, Coolers and some other items are always delivered as individual blocks. 3. Make sure that it is possible to access the block joints during site assembly so that the jointing bolts can be fitted.
Size 11 53 60, 62, 71, 80 64, 73, 82, 84 Max. block length 3304 6000 3000
Example:
A
Size 11 53 52
Size 60 84 50
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
Blocklnge Unit length
L1
L2
A A
L3
L4
L5
L6
A A
L7
Blocklnge Block length
Total length of the air handling unit Lnge des gesamten Gertezuges
Flkt Woods
8012 GB 2009.11
20
TECHNICAL DATA - 2009
page 21
Quick selection table

Air flow rate m 3/s (m 3/h) Unit Size
Maximum Cooling coil (EUNN) face velocity, m/s 2,0 m/s
6.66 23976 8.82 31752 10.98 39528 10.14 36515 12.63 45457 11.76 42336 14.64 52704 18.24 65664
Filter modules
EUHN Filter cassettes Cassette arrangement Filter face area, m2
3.24
Unit Cross section

Unit width, Unit mm Normal height, mm Rotor
2050 3400 2650 3660 3250 4000 2650 4000 3250 4500 2650 4500 3250 4500 4000 4900 2050
2,5 m/s
8.33 29970 11.03 39690 13.73 49410 12.68 45644 15.78 56822 14.70 52920 18.30 65880 22.80 82080
3,0 m/s
9.99 35964 13.23 47628 16.47 59292 15.21 54772 18.94 68186 17.64 63504 21.96 79056 27.36 98496
2,5 m/s
-
60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
13 47952 18 63504 22 79056 20 73030 25 90914 24 84672 29 105408 36 131328
09
12
4.32
2050
15
5.4
2050
14
5.04
2350
17.5
6.3
2350
16
5.76
2650
20
7.2
2650
24
8.64
2650
Flkt Woods
8006 GB 2009.11
21
page 22
Functional sections Centrifugal fan Unit Size

1 Fan size
Length, mm Weight, kg
Intake damper
Plenum fan
Fan size
Connection section
end top side
Mixing section
Mixing & Exhaust
60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
2000 2250 680 790 1800 1800 800 950 1800 2050 1000 1030 1800 2900 990 1350 2050 2250 1240 1340 1800 2900 1030 1390 2050 2250 1230 1400 2250 2500 1500 1750
2450 1030 2850 1240 2250 1260 3100 1450 2500 1550 3100 1500 2500 1600 2900 2200
1450 420 1450 455 1650 531 1650 520 1650 649 1650 538 1350 737 1450 792
1550 433 1550 468 1350 699 1350 687 1350 718 1350 706 1450 748 1550 819
1650 468 1350 669 1450 710 1450 729 1550 775 1650 895
1550 737 1550 756 -
240 80 240 115 240 135 240 145 240 180 240 175 240 205 240 255
350 195 350 245 350 280 350 285 350 335 350 320 350 365 350 435
1000 320 1000 390 1000 430 1000 435 1000 495 1200 530 1200 595 1200 685
1400 1000 1000 1400 400 330 330 415 1600 1000 1000 1600 520 400 400 535 1800 1000 1800 1000 630 450 450 640 1600 1000 1000 1600 590 440 440 600 1800 1000 1000 1800 720 505 505 725 1600 1200 1200 1600 640 535 535 655 1800 1200 1200 1800 770 600 600 790 2050 1200 1200 2050 945 700 700 890
2000 1000 1000 470 235 230 2000 1000 1000 550 265 260 2000 1000 1000 620 305 300 2000 1000 1000 720 285 285 2000 1000 1000 810 320 315 2400 1200 1200 770 360 350 2400 1200 1200 870 410 400 2400 1200 1200 990 460 450
Flkt Woods
8006 GB 2009.11
22
page 23
Functional sections -
Length, mm Weight, kg Heat recovery Humidifier

Length Evaporative
Unit Size
Regoterm
Recuterm
Econet
Ecoterm
500
900
1300
1700
60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
450 1350 450 1450 450 1700 450 1700 450 2025 450 2025 450 2025 450 2750
750 670 750 850 750 1030 750 1000 750 1200 750 1120 750 1360 750 1620
650 580 650 730 650 880 650 860 650 1030 650 960 650 1160 650 1400
230 280 325 310 360 340 400 460
310 370 430 410 480 450 525 610
380 460 535 510 600 560 660 760
545 660 770 735 860 810 940 1090
1000 333 1000 400 1000 444 1000 433 1000 500 1000 478 1000 567 1000 656
Width Length Weight
Height
Width Length Weight
Width Height Length Weight
Height
Width Length Weight
Height
Width Length Weight
Height
Unit Size
60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
5900
3400 4300 3660 5000 4000 5800 4000 5700 4500 6700 4500 6300 4500 7000 4900 8600
4250
7150
3400 5300 3660 5600 4000 6700 4000 6500 4500 8000 4500 7300 4500 7900 4900 9600
4250
4315
2050 4100 2650 4500 3250 5650 2650 5300 3250 6600 2650 5700 3250 7100 4000 8400
2050
5100
2050 4000 2650 4400 3250 5500 2650 5000 3250 6300 2650 5400 3250 6800 4000 7500
4250
5000
4250
6250
4250
3865
2050
5900
4250
5500
4250
6750
4250
4115
2050
5100
4250
7200
4850
8450
4850
4965
2350
4900
4850
5900
4850
7150
4850
4315
2350
5350
4850
7200
5450
8450
5450
4965
2650
5100
5450
5900
5450
7150
5450
4415
2650
5550
5450
6400
5450
7650
5450
4665
2650
5650
5450
Flkt Woods
8006 GB 2009.11
23
page 24
Quick Selection Tables for Air Coolers

Air coolers for chilled water, 6/12 C 50% relative humidity in the inlet air.
Inlet air C 29 29 29 25 25 25 Air velocity m/s C 3 2.5 2 3 2.5 2 17.9 17.2 16.1 16.1 15.5 14.8 Supply air temperature, relative humidity Capacity variant 2 % 86 88 92 80 82 85 C 14.6 13.9 13.0 13.5 12.9 12.3 3 % 97 98 100 90 92 93 C 12.7 12.1 11.5 11.9 11.3 10.7 4 % 100 100 100 95 96 98 C 10.3 9.8 9.2 9.5 9.1 8.7 6 % 100 100 100 100 100 100
Air coolers, evaporative refrigerant, DX Evaporative temperature, 6C. 50% relative humidity in the inlet air.
Inlet air C 29 29 29 25 25 25 Air velocity m/s db C 3 2.5 2 3 2.5 2 19.0 18.0 17.0 17.0 16.0 15.5 Supply air temperature, relative humidity Capacity variant 2 RH % 85 87 90 80 83 85 db C 16.0 15.0 14.0 14.5 14.0 13.0 3 RH % 95 97 99 89 91 93 db C 13.5 13.0 12.0 12.5 12.0 11.5 4 RH % 100 100 100 95 96 98 db C 11.5 11.0 10.0 10.5 10.0 9.5 6 RH % 100 100 100 99 100 100
Flkt Woods
8013 GB 2009.11
24
page 25
Installation Examples
A number of typical unit arrangements are shown in this section. Unless otherwise stated, the units are shown viewed from the inspection side. Horizontal installation
Top 1) inlet Left-hand side inlet Outlet 1) upwards Outlet downwards Outlet 1) upwards Top 1) inlet Outlet downwards Right-hand side inlet Right-hand side inlet Normal inlet (end connection) 1) A given unit cannot have both the inlet and the outlet on the top.
Alternative duct connections for the EUL(B,F) fan section
Vertical installation
Outlet forward Left-hand side inlet Outlet downwards
Normal inlet (end connection)
Possible directions of discharge and rotation of the fans.
Flkt Woods
8014 GB 2009.11
25
page 26
Horisontal installation
1 4
Air distributor Mixing and extract air section
Empty section
2 4
Mixing and extract air section
3 4
Top inlet Silencer Empty section
Empty section
Mixing section Empty section
Silencer
End connection frame with inlet air damper
Empty section
Flkt Woods
8014 GB 2007.12
26
page 27
Installation with silencer and angle section with sound baffles
Silencer Air distributor Silencer
10
Possible diffuser for fan with forward-curved blades
Empty section
12 11
Empty section
Empty section
Jointing set
Empty section Silencer
Angle section with sound baffles
Installation with angle section and air cooler

Empty section, length: 300 mm Top view
17 13
Side view
Angle section Side view
Jointing frame Empty section
14 18
Vertical fan sizes 11 - 32 Jointing frame
Side view Angle section Jointing frame
Flkt Woods
8014 GB 2009.11
27
page 28
Cooling unit
19 25
ECONET Heat recovery, air heater/air cooler
External energy
The cooling unit is supplied as a complete unit, ready to be connected to the other unit sections.
Cooling unit
ECOTERM Heat exchanger
Heat exchanger (extract air)
Heat exchanger (supply air)
25
Heat exchanger (extract air)
Heat exchanger (supply air)
Empty section
26
Air distributor Mixing and extract air section
Flkt Woods
8014 GB 2007.12
28
CATALOGUE
ControlMaster, Description, General

Installing control equipment to achieve top quality in an air handling unit requires experience and know-how about how the controls will affect the distribution of air to the premises. ControlMaster is an air handling unit control equipment package for practically every conceivable ventilation system.
High quality
Administration level
ControlMaster is a complete, integrated control equipment package for air handling units from Flkt Woods. The equipment is supplied incorporated into both onepiece air handling units and units divided into blocks. ControlMaster is a perfect solution for both small ventilation systems with simple control equipment needs, and for large ventilation systems that require data communication and integrated control systems. ControlMaster complies with EU Directives (MD, EMC and LVD), and is CE marked. ControlMaster is simple to engineer using the ACON product selection software. The same computer program can be used for both the air handling unit and for ControlMaster, and automatically sizes the control equipment to match the air handling unit selected. The pipework packages are sized for the air heaters or air coolers selected. Frequency inverters are sized together with motors, drive systems and fans for the lowest possible SFPv.
System level (Automation level)
Field level
Simplicity
Simple to engineer
Besides saving time when you engineer the equipment, you also win time when you install it. ControlMaster is a complete control package integrated into the air handling unit and doesnt require any major electrical installation work at the building site. The control equipment is installed and operational on the same day the air handling unit is installed, ready to commission!
Quick installation
ControlMaster is all that is needed for the small ventilation system with one single or just a few air handling units. Theres absolutely no need to engage a control installation engineer.
In our workshop, we place utmost importance on trial testing and checking the performance of every set of control equipment before it is delivered, to ensure the highest quality.
Pre-delivery inspection
For the larger complex ventilation system on which demands are made on integrated control systems for several components, ControlMaster can be equipped for data communication with other systems. The system integrator makes it a simple task to connect the air handling unit to other systems.
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
29
We reserve the right to make design changes without notice.
CATALOGUE
Description, General
Flkt Woods supplies a ready-to-use package with warranty and client support for the air handling unit as well as the control equipment. ControlMaster is a total solution for which full responsibility is assumed by one partner upon whom you can rely trust.
Clear lines of responsibility
ControlMaster for the EU air handling units is supplied incorporated into the air handling unit or in a cubicle
Supply options
Air handling units, in which the supply air and the extract air flows are to be separated or in which they are arranged side by side, are supplied with a built-in control cubicle and with pre-fitted field components wired to a junction box. The electrical wiring to the components situated in the same block as the electric equipment cubicle is installed at the factory, whereas the other wiring must be installed at the building site and is not included in the supply from the factory.
The EU air handling unit can be supplied with a built-in control system, tested and configured from the factory. To minimise the time required for installation and to reduce the need for a qualified electrician, many of the functions and field components are supplied with quickfit connectors, where this is possible. The runs of external cables are then protected by galvanized steel conduits or protective tubes made of plastic.
Built-in controls in the EU air handling unit
for wall mounting.
Rotary heat exchanger (EURA) Defrosting (STYZ-10) - Pressure monitor - Sensor in the cold corner (section-by-section defrosting takes place locally in the EURA) - Temperature sensor for coil exchangers Electric air heater (EUEK) Cooler (EUKC) Reversible cooler (EUKR) Plate heat exchanger (EURC, EURH) Gas burner (EUEB)* Fan (EULR, EULK) Thermistor/Thermostatic contacts (STYZ-17) Frequency inverter (STRF) Flow sensor (STYZ-03) Flow indication (STYZ-79) Filter monitor (STYZ-28)* Flow monitor (STYZ-29) Anti-frost protection (STYZ-11) - Insertion sensor - Strap-on sensor - Mean-value thermostat Control of preheater (STYZ-08) Damper actuator (STYZ-26)* Humidifier (EUQA) In-duct temperature sensor (STYZ-01) Pipework package (STYZ-71) Valve actuator (STYZ-70) Econet (STYZ-74, EURT). * Always with quick-fit connection but not wired at the factory. Note the following: Vertical functional sections cannot be equipped with quick-fit connectors The built-in electrical equipment cubicle must be always installed in the fan block situated on the bottom deck. If both fans are on the bottom deck, position the electrical equipment cubicle in the supply air.
Air handling units in which all the sections are to be jointed together, can be equipped with quick-fit connections for transmitting signals to the components listed to the right. The air handling unit must have a base frame however it does not have to be a common base frame. Power supply cables to the fan motors rated for up to 11 kW can also be fitted with quick-fit connectors.
Flkt Woods 8612 GB 2009.11 30
A typical quick-fit connection for a damper motor.
CATALOGUE
Lower cable conduit Dimensions: 80x80 mm. Max. permissible vertical load: 70 Kg. Fitted on delivery Snap-on cover is supplied in unmounted condition.. The cable conduit must be temporarily removed if lifting tubes will be used for hoisting the unit.
(EUAZ-51)
The cabling consists of silicone-free machine cables made of PVC. UV-resistant cables are used for outdoor installation. Connect cables with quick-fit connectors to the electric equipment cubicle via pluggable terminal blocks. Run the cable into the built-in electrical equipment cubicle via a combined tension reliever and flange. A flange is provided for installation at 3 alternative locations for the other cables: Below the door to the EUEL Above the door to the EUEL On the top panel of the EUEL.
Lay external cabling from quick-fit connections on functional section to terminals in built-in control cubicle, in galvanized steel conduits on the exterior of the air handling unit (EUAZ-51, EUAZ-52).
Lay cabling on the exterior of the functional section in protective tube made of self-extinguishing halogen-free and cadmium-free polyamide. Exceptions are motor cables and signal cables to frequency inverters.
Upper cable conduit Dimensions: 50x50 mm. Max. permissible vertical load: 25 Kg. Supplied in unmounted condition. Snap-on cover is supplied in unmounted condition. Mounting brackets are supplied in unmounted condition. Outlet for a vertical conduit must be specified when placing an order.
Horizontal cable conduit
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
31
CATALOGUE
Dimensions: 50x44 mm Supplied in unmounted condition (temporarily fastened at correct spot) Snap-on cover is supplied in unmounted condition. Mounting bracket is supplied fitted to the unit. The covers for the short ends of the system of conduits are supplied in unmounted condition together with the cabling in the EUEL section. The covers supplied for the cable conduits have the same length as the conduits. A smaller cover with cable glands is also supplied for conduits that are to accommodate the quick-fit connections. This makes it necessary to cut the standard cover to the appropriate length at the site.
Vertical cable conduit (EUAZ-52)
voltage supply connectors cannot be confused with one another. For simple installation, the female connector and the male connector to be connected to one another have identical markings. The quick-fit connectors for supplying voltage must not be disconnected or connected while the cable is energised. Only the EUEK electric air heater with thyristor control (d=4) can be wired using the quick-fit connection system.
The conduit system has been designed for this purpose and protects the cables from external effects that might otherwise damage them. The quick-fit connectors consist of multi-pin rectangular industrial connectors with housings made of aluminium or thermoplastic. The signal connectors and the
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
32
CATALOGUE
Description, Electrical Design

The standard electrical equipment is supplied for a 400 V, 3-phase, 50 Hz, 5-wire system. For Norway: 230 V, 3-phase, 50 Hz, 4-wire system. The cubicle with control equipment complies with the following standards and regulations: Machinery Directive 98/37/EEC, Electrical Equipment in Machinery, EN 60204-1. EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, EN 61800-3 (emissions) EN61000-6-3:2001 and immunity EN61000-6-2:2001) Low Voltage Directive 72/23/EEC[DF2], (EN50178).
Standards
The equipment cubicle contains the following components wherever applicable: Main switch Automatic circuit breaker for control voltage Contactors for fans and pumps Transformer for 24 V AC Motor protection switch with thermal and magnetic tripping Operating mode selector switch Time switch with 24-hour/weekly function with running reserve (included in the controller) Terminal blocks for sensors and actuators inside and outside the air handling unit Terminal blocks for external group alarm Terminal blocks for extended operation Documentation Drawing pocket List of fuse groups.
The width of the functional section is tabulated below:
Dimensions
Size EU 6084
All controllers, indoor version 550 mm
The functional section in the outdoor version is longer. Electrical wiring is run via a flange in the top panel of the air handling unit. If electric air heaters and COOLERs that consume more than 25 A are included in the ventilation system, an extra electrical supply must be added for these components (see Cooler catalogue).
Electrical connections
Each cubicle is subjected to isolation and functional testing prior to delivery. As many parameters as possible are also preset.
Testing
Operating temperature : 0 50 C, max. permissible humidity: < 85 % RF. The equipment cubicle can be equipped with a heater if the ambient temperature is likely to drop below 0 C. Please specify this when ordering.
Environmental demands
The electrical cubicle is available for the supply voltages listed below. An external safety isolating switch must be incorporated into the power supply cable. 230 10% V AC, 3-phase (Norway) 400 10% V AC, 3-phase.
Power supply
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
33
CATALOGUE
Description, Controller, Hand-held Micro Terminal and Menu Handling

The microprocessor-based controller is one of the most powerful digital controllers on the market. It can be used as an individual control system or can be connected to a monitoring system.
Controller
ControlMaster can be equipped with the functions for e.g.: Temperature control Frequency inverter operation for constant pressure or flow Demand control Pipework packages for air heaters or air coolers CO2 -control Fire functions Speed control of rotary heat exchanger Section-by-section defrosting for plate heat exchanger Control of extra fans Communication via OPC, BACnet, LonWorks or Modbus.
The hand-held terminal is simple to use and has a logical menu structure. There are two levels: the user level and the configuration level.
Hand-held micro terminal
User level At the user level, the end user can read and change current settings, conditions, setpoints and time schedules in the ventilation system without having to enter a password.
Configuration level By entering an accepted password, you can access the configuration level and can read and change all the available values at configuration level and user level as well as the system settings.
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
34
CATALOGUE
Description, Communication
A variety of different communication options are available for ControlMaster, including connection to monitoring systems, the Internet and mobile telephones.
Communication
The controller can be outfitted with a communication card for integration into the BACnet system. BACnet is an open world standard, especially produced for building automation systems. BACnet can be connected via a TCP/IP network.
BACnet
The controller can be outfitted with a card with OPC server for integration into monitoring system which manages OPC. OPC is an open industry standard, which via a common interface simplifies the integration of various products in the same system. OPC can be connected via a TCP/IP network.
OPC
The controller can be outfitted with a communication card for connection to LonWorks. The LonWork cards are equipped with automatic transmission of all SNVTs, which makes simple commissioning possible. The LonWork cards have 64 SNVTs, they are standard SNVT's and can be connected via Lon network.
LonWorks
Web communication is available as an optional web application that gives you the same functionality as a conventional monitoring system, yet at a considerably lower price. Since the web server is incorporated into the unit, there are neither connection fees nor subscription costs. The web application is totally independent of any operative system; no special software is required, only an ordinary web browser and an ordinary computer. The web server can be connected to an ordinary local TCP/IP network. In this way, you can communicate with the unit from an optional computer in its local network. If there is no network, you can either install a cable between the unit and the computer, or use a modem.
Web communication
The controller can be outfitted with a communication card for connection to a Modbus microprocessor substation or to a Modbus monitoring system. Modbus is an open industry defacto standard and can be connected via RS 485. The Modbus card can be configured as either master or slave.
Modbus
TIP! If you are using a GSM modem, it is advisable to utilise a so-called cash card. That way you are spared subscription costs. In Sweden, this card must be refilled once a year to avoid blockage. You can refill it, for example, whenever you change filters.
PC direct connection
PC connection via intranet/network
Hand computer with web browser
PC connection via intranet/network with Internet connection
PC connection via modem
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
35
CATALOGUE
Description, Functions
The unit is normally started via the built-in timer in the panel. The operating mode selector switch for the unit and the in-operation indicating lamp are in the handheld micro terminal.
Operation
If an alarm is initiated, this is indicated by an LED in the front panel of the cubicle and the group alarm output is activated.
Alarm management
We have developed a special starting sequence that starts the air handling unit in a reliable and smooth manner. The functionality and time delays between the functions have been factory preset, however they are adjustable.
Starting sequence
Filter monitors Pressure monitor for filter which initiate an alarm if the pressure drop across the filter exceeds the preset value. Flow monitors Pressure monitors for flow which initiate an alarm if the preset flow generated by the fan is too low. The alarm is blocked when the fan is shut off. A flow monitor for the supply air is included as standard if an electric air heater is fitted. The alarm stops the unit. Fire functions The air handling unit can be equipped with functions for preventing the spread of combustion gas/smoke. The unit is normally stopped, A alarm.
1. Water coils are pre-heated whenever cold outdoor air enters the system. 2. The outdoor air damper and the extract air damper open. 3. The heat exchanger is controlled to provide max. heat recovery, and the extract air fan starts. 4. The supply air fan starts after the preset time delay. 5. The air handling unit starts normal control of temperature and airflow.
The outdoor air damper closes when the air handling unit is stopped in a normal manner or stops in the event of a power failure. If the unit starts up with heat recovery, the extract air fan starts first and followed by the supply air fan. Night-time cooling: the unit starts automatically at night to cool the premises with outdoor air. Night-time heating: the unit starts automatically at night to heat the premises when the indoor temperature is low. If a timer is activated in the automatic mode outside of normal operating hours, the unit starts and remains in operation until it is switched off. As an alternative, the air handling unit can be started and stopped by means of a timer, of pushbutton type, and continues to operate during the preset time. Weekly time switch with provision for setting in-operation times for individual week days or groups of week days. The yearly time switch is used for making exceptions in unit operation on certain selected days of the year. Pumps are controlled via the controller and are exercised during longer shutdowns.
Anti-frost protection Air heater for hot water is equipped with regulating anti-frost protection. If there is risk of freezing, the function controls the valve actuator to gradually open the water valve. If the water temperature is low, the unit is stopped and an alarm is initiated.
Overheat protection The air heater is as standard equipped with two thermostats, one that automatically resets itself and one that has to be reset manually. The thermostat for manual resetting has a tripping temp. setting of 120 - 150 C, and stops the unit if the limit temperature is exceeded A alarm. Other alarms External alarm points can be connected to the unit as B alarms. The rotary heat exchanger is equipped with drive equipment which initiates a group alarm if the rotation monitor detects that the rotor has stopped.
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
36
CATALOGUE
Supply air regulation with PI controller. The heat exchanger, air heater and air cooler, if fitted, are controlled in sequence. Extract air control: the supply air is cascade controlled with the extract air temperature. Room control: the supply air is cascade controlled with the room temperature. To avoid excessively high or low air supply temperature, it is limited to be between the limit settings preset on the panel. If the extract air temperature is lower than the outdoor temperature and cooling is required, the heat exchanger is used for cooling energy recovery. The relevant heat exchanger should provide max. energy recovery.
Temperature control
Outdoor temperature Outdoor temperature compensation (summer and winter compensation)
Function: Offsets the preset setpoint for supply, extract or room temperature.
Relative temperature setpoint
The heat exchanger starts when heating is required. The reheater starts when full heat recovery is generated and more heating capacity is required. If more heating capacity is required even though the heat exchanger and the reheater are generating heat at full capacity, the supply air temperature will decrease. This can be prevented by switching to comfort control.
Conventional sequential control
Outdoor temperature Tbv Temperature setpoint displacement, winter Tbs Temperature setpoint displacement, summer Tvu Temperature breakpoint, lower winter position Tv Temperature breakpoint, upper winter position Tsu Temperature breakpoint, lower summer position Ts Temperature breakpoint, upper summer position
Flow/ Control signal
Recooler Heat exchanger Reheater
Outdoor temperature
Comfort control (Heat from heat exchanger reduced flow)
This option is especially well-suited for use in areas where the outdoor temperature can be extremely low. If the outdoor temperature is so low that even though the heat exchanger and the reheater are generating heat at full capacity, more heating capacity is required, the fans are controlled to operate at a lower speed, to achieve the desired supply air temperature. The controller adjusts the speed in both the fans to prevent sub-atmospheric pressure in the building. Setting: set the maximal flow/pressure limits on the controller.
Flow/ Control signal
The night-time cooling setting is used during the summer time. Cool outdoor air can then cool the premises at night. Used outside the regular operating hours. Operation: The air handling unit starts to cool the premises with fresh outdoor air, when the room temperature exceeds the preset limit value and the outdoor temperature exceeds preset limit value and the difference between these limit values exceed preset difference. The recooler is not activated.
Night-time cooling (free cold)
Night-time heating is used to prevent the premises from cooling down outside the regular operating hours during the night. Operation: If the room temperature drops below the preset value, the air handling unit starts at full heat recovery capacity and the air heaters are operated at full capacity.
Night-time heating
Recooler Heat exchanger Reheater Flow change
Outdoor temperature
Operation: If the extract air temperature is lower than the outdoor air temperature and cooling is required, the rotary heat exchanger starts at full recovery capacity for cooling of the supply air.
Cooling recovery
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
37
CATALOGUE
The fans are available with one single speed motor, two speed motor with separate stator windings or Dahlander connection, and with speed control via frequency inverter.
Speed control of fans
Frequency inverters are often used in CAV systems to maintain the flow, independent of changes in the pressure drop that occur when filters become fouled, for instance. In such cases, flow control is a suitable alternative. For CAV systems with additional zones, we recommend frequency inverter operation with pressure control. Pressure control, possibly with flow-compensated extract air, is used for VAV systems to guarantee correct balance in the system if an extra extract air fan is used. Frequency inverters are also excellent tools for adjusting of the flow, and can eliminate the need for changing the belt drive to change the airflow. However, this may to some extent give rise to less than optimal efficiency.
CAV and VAV systems
A simple way to forestall chilling the premises is to prevent acceleration of the fans when the outdoor temperature is below a preset value. Setting: Set the breakpoint for the outdoor temperature on the controller.
Outdoor temperature-controlled fan speed
Summer/Winter-compensated flow/pressure
Pressure control Frequency inverters control the fan speed in response to signals from pressure sensors to obtain the preset reference pressure.
One way of preventing to forestall chilling the premises is to reduce the flow/pressure when the outdoor temperature falls. To prevent heating the premises when the outdoor temperature is high, the flow/pressure is increased as outdoor temperature rises. Here the flow/pressure setpoint is adjusted, independent of whether or not the heat exchanger and reheater operate at full capacity, by means of a four point curve coupled to the outdoor temperature. The speed of both fans is adjusted to prevent subatmospheric pressure in the building. Setting: Set the four breakpoints and the max. and min. flow/pressure settings in the controller.
Relative flow/pressure 100% = Norrmal setpoint
Flow control Frequency inverters control the fan speed in response to signals from flow sensors to obtain the preset reference flow.
Flow-compensated extract air A frequency inverter controls the pressure generated by the supply air fan. The extract air pressure is controlled so that the extract air flow corresponds to the supply air flow plus or minus a preset flow differential. Flow-compensated supply air is a similar function, but reversed. Continuous CO2 control The speed of the supply air fan is controlled by means of a frequency inverter in response to signals from a CO2 sensor to obtain a preset reference value. The extract air flow is flow-compensated. Control of boosted flow Boosted air flow via timer, pushbutton, time switch, CO2 sensor or motion detector.
Outdoor temperature T Flow compensation, upper limit Fo Normal flow Fu Flow compensation, lower limit Tvu Temperature breakpoint, lower winter position Tv Temperature breakpoint, upper winter position Tsu Temperature breakpoint, lower summer position Ts Temperature breakpoint, upper summer position
Control of extended operation Extended operation time outside the time schedule via timer or pushbutton.
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
38
CATALOGUE
Description, Control of Components

0-10 V control signal for valve actuators. Anti-frost protection: The water temperature is kept at a constant temperature of 25 C when the unit is not operating. When the unit is operating, the valve is controlled to prevent the room temperature from droping below 12 C. The unit will stop and an alarm will be initiated if the temperature drops below 7 C.
Control of air heaters, water
The controller schedules pump exercising. An alarm is initiated in the event of a malfunction sensed by thermostatic contacts in the pump motor.
Circulation pump for air heaters
Valve actuator designed for a valve with 5.5 mm lift and size G 3/4" threads.
Valve actuator for air heaters
The heat exchanger automatically starts for purging operation during periods when there is no need for heating. If the rotor is idle when heating is required, or during purging operation, the rotation monitor will initiate an alarm. Defrosting will begin when the pressure drop across the exchanger has increased to the value preset on the pressure monitor. The heat exchanger is controlled to operate at min. speed while defrosting is in progress.
Rotary heat exchanger
0-10 V control signal for electric air heater, with built-in thyristor and possible stepping switch. When the air handling unit receives a signal to stop operation, the fans will continue to operate for three minutes to cool the electric heating elements. The standard air heater is equipped with a thermostat, which isolates the power if the air flow is low and the temperature on inaccessible surfaces exceeds 90100 C. This thermostat automatically resets itself. There is also a temperature limiter, a catastrophe protection, which isolates the power to the heating elements, before hazardous overheating can take place, e.g. if the fan stops. This thermostat must be manually reset and is normally set to 120150 C. The alarm stops the air handling unit. A alarm.
Control of electrical air heater
Section-by-section defrosting Section-by-section defrosting is activated when outdoor temperature drops below 7 C. The heat exchanger is continuously defrosted by closing the bypass damper and by closing each recovery damper for 15 minutes one section at a time.
Plate heat exchanger
Cold corner defrosting The temperature in the cold corner of the heat exchanger is limited to +2 C, by reducing the efficiency of the heat exchanger, i.e. gradually opening the by-pass damper to prevent frosting.
If the temperature drops below the preset value sensed by the temperature sensor in the liquid supply pipe, the valve actuator steers the value to the closed position.
Liquid-coupled heat exchanger
0-10 V control signal for air coolers, water. The control signal for coolers for direct expansion, DX, closing contact or 0-10 V signal.
Control of air coolers
The controller schedules pump exercising. An alarm is initiated in the event of a malfunction sensed by thermostatic contacts in the pump motor.
Circulation pump for air coolers
Valve actuator designed for a valve with 5.5 mm lift and size G 3/4" threads.
Valve actuator for air coolers
0-10 V control signal for heat recovery. Normally-open contacts for start, cooling and cooling energy recovery. Econet initiates an A alarm. 0-10 V measurement signal for supply air flow. In-service indication from pump(s).
Econet
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
39
CATALOGUE
Description, Pipework Package

Function Pipework package with DN 25 connections Primary side
The pump curves are adjusted for the internal resistance in the secondary circuit of the pipework package.
DN25, bb=25
Pressure drop Tryckfall mvp kPa Control valve KVS KVS Styrventil
10 100 8 80 6 5 4 3 2 60 50 40 30 20 STRZ37bb 29 03 01 05 67
DN25, bb=24 DN25, bb=23 0,6 1 1,5 2 2,5 3 3,5 4 5 5,5 8 10 12,5
1 0,8
10 8 6 5 4 3 0,02 0,03 0,05 0,07 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,5 0,7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Vtskeflde, l/s Liquid flowl/s 0,1 0,2 0,3 0,5 1 2 3 5 10 20
The pipework package is designed for use in systems with or without main pump and is available both for hot and cold water. The pipework package can be supplied as complete unit including valve with adjustable kvs. value, valve actuator and circulation pump, of wet type, with pipe fittings and shut off valves for all four connections. Conversion from 3-way to 2-way function and vice versa is possible at the building site, however not the insulated version.
Valve actuator
0,6 0,5 0,4 0,3
Vtskeflde, m /h Liquid flow m33/h
Pipework package with DN 40 connections
Ventilstlldon STRZ-25
Pressure Tryckfall drop mvp kPa ControlStyrventil KVS valve KVS 10 100 STRZ37bb 43 7 70 67 5 50 4 40 3 30 05 2 20
DN40, bb=40 2,4 4 6 9,212,5 20 32
Furnace, Panna, Heat vxlare exchanger eller or kylare cooler
Air heater Luftvrmare
Air cooler Luftkylare
= Pipework package
1 10 0,7 7 5 4 3 0,5 0,4 0,3
Principal connections of the pipework package with normal (approx. 20 kPa) pump pressure, primary operating pressure from the main pump to the pipework package. 2-way valve with 2-way function (district heating). The variable flow is primary and the constant flow is secondary. The pressure drop in the primary circuit is calculated to include the control valve.
Sizing Control valve in the primary circuit
0,2 0,3 0,5 0,7 1 0,07 0,1 Liquid flow l/s l/s Vtskeflde, 0,2 0,3 0,5 1 2 Liquid flow m /h Vtskeflde, 3m3/h 3 5
3 4 5 7 10
20
10
20 30
50
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
40
CATALOGUE
Description, Pipework Package

3-way valve with 3-way function Constant flow primary and secondary. The pressure drop in the primary circuit is calculated to include the control valve.
Valve actuator
Pipework package with DN 65 connections
Pressure drop Tryckfall mvp kPa 10 100 Control valve KVS KVS Styrventil
STRZ37bb 7 5 4 3 2 70 75 50 40 30 09 20 13 1 0,7 0,5 0,4 0,3 10 7 5 4 3 0,5 0,7 1 2 3 Liquid flow l/s Vtskeflde,l/s 3 4 6 8 12 Liquid flow m3/h Vtskeflde,m3/h 4 5 7 10 20 13 20 30 405060
Ventilstlldon STRZ-25
Furnace, Panna, Heat vxlare exchanger eller or kylare cooler
Air heater Luftvrmare
Air cooler Luftkylare
= Pipework package
Example Given: pipework package for hot water with pump and control valve with 3-way function. Available operating pressure, primary: 20 kPa. Required water flow: 1 l/s. For the secondary side (pipework + air heater) requires an available operating pressure of 30 kPa. System voltage, 400 V AC, 3-phase. Solution: 1 Select the pipework package according to data on the primary side (operating pressure = 20 kPa, flow 1 l/s). According to the chart above, kvs = 8.0 is required for a pipework package with DN 25 connection, code suffix bb = 25. 2 Select a pump package according to data on the secondary side (pressure drop: 30 kPa, flow 1 l/s). According to the chart to the left, the point of intersection (1l/s - 30 kPa) is below the pump curve, bb = 29. 3 Select a valve actuator. 4 Selected products: pipework package, valve actuator and pump package.
20
30 4050 70
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
41
CATALOGUE
Description, Components
Speed control by means of frequency inverters is an environmentally-friendly control method, which reduces energy consumption. By controlling the fan speed to precisely meet load conditions, the amount of energy required to operate the fans can be decreased by 50 % compared with damper control.
Frequency inverter
The extensive protective functions in the inverter cover everything from component level to protecting the motor against overload. The monitoring of control signals and protection against excess current, excess voltage, excess temperature, short circuiting and earth faults are standard functions which increase safety and reduce maintenance.
Technical benefits
The frequency inverters are rated for operation under ambient temperature conditions limited to 0-40C. This means that frequency inverters for air handling units tended for outdoor installation must be protected against the cold and excessively high temperatures. This can be solved by not installing frequency inverters in immediate connection to the air handling unit, or building incorporating them into the air handling unit. Integral motors are also an alternative solution.
Outdoor design
The frequency inverters mounted in the ControlMaster concept are installed in accordance with applicable EMC Standards. The inverters are trial run at the factory and the most important parameters are preset and tested.
Trial runs
Frequency inverters and motors operate with optimal efficiency at a frequency of around 50-60 Hz. The efficiency drops significantly at higher and lower frequencies respectively. By applying a method worked out by FlktWoods that involves using the correct SFP for sizing belt drives, inverters and motors, the efficiency can be improved by as much as 15 % compared with traditional methods. The ACON product selection software can be used for selection.
To select the right inverter and motor
A fire incident control system can be connected to the air handling unit. Function: monitoring the fire damper and smoke detectors. The fire dampers are exercised every 48 hours. The air handling unit is interlocked while exercising is in progress. On an A-alarm, the air handling unit is stopped. A type B alarm is initiated if a malfunction occurs in the equipment.
Combustion gas control system, FICO
Maximal speed, inverter operating frequency with maintained output

Motor size 112132 160200 225250 2-pole 4800 (85 Hz) 4500 (77 Hz) 3600 (61 Hz) 4-pole 6-pole 8-pole 1250 (85 Hz) 1250 (85 Hz) 1250 (85 Hz) 2500 (85 Hz) 1700 (85 Hz) 2500 (85 Hz) 1700 (85 Hz) 2500 (85 Hz) 1700 (85 Hz)
Observe that the specified maximal speeds are applicable only on condition that the motors/inverters do not exceed their maximal permissible rated current.
Tecnical details: Automatic functional checks Manual functional checks Type A group alarm is initiated if the detector trips Type B group alarm is initiated if a damper or detector malfunctions Relay contact for interlocking ventilation units 24 V AC supply to the damper actuator 230 V AC is supplied to the unit.
Smoke detector for duct mounting with ionising function with connection to the control and monitoring unit. The insertion part (the venturi tube) to be cut to the correct length.
Smoke detector
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
42
CATALOGUE
Sizing
Air handling configuration - ACON is the name of the new generation, web-based product selection program. ACON enables you to size air handling units quickly and easily. The program provides a specification of the contemplated air handling unit(s) and all facts you need, such as dimensions, efficiencies, airflow and fan generated sound levels, etc. The program also provides product specific documentation dealing with installation, assembly and maintenance.
Size air handling units via the Web
For access to the software you need a user ID and a password. You can obtain these items by contacting our nearest sales representative. Visit our homepage www.flaktwoods.com to find the sales representative nearest you.
You always work with the latest version of the software. Requires no installation of software in your computer. Always available on the Internet. Provides fan curve with duty points, etc. Drawings of the air handling unit can be exported to a CAD workstation. You receive current delivery times from our order-processing function.
8612 GB 2009.11 43
Flkt Woods
CATALOGUE
Supply Air Handling Units without Heat Exchanger

Components list
CP1 GT1 GT5 RC1 ST1 SV1 SV2/SK2 TF1 Circulation pump, hot water Temperature sensor, supply air Anti-frost protection sensor, air heater Controller Damper actuator, outdoor air Valve actuator, hot water Valve actuator, cooling/stepping switch, cooling Supply air fan
M ST 1 M GT 5 SV 1 CP 1 RC1 M SV 2, SK 2
TF 1
ROOMS LOKAL
GT 1
TF 1 is started and stopped by the timer. A service switch as well as in-operation and alarm indicating LEDs are provided in the front panel of the equipment cubicle. Damper actuator ST1 opens the damper before TF1 starts and closes the damper when the fans stop.
Operation
Options
The mixing damper is controlled in sequence with damper actuator SV1.
Mixing section
Temperature sensor GT1 maintains the required supply air temperature via RC1 that controls the air heater. Valve actuator SV1 opens if heating is required. SV1 closes if cooling is required.
Temperature control
The air coolers valve actuator SV2 is controlled in sequence with the air heater and the mixing damper, if fitted.
Air cooler, chilled water
If there is risk of freezing in the air heater, the anti-frost protection sensor GT5 controls the valve actuator SV1 to open, after which the air handling unit stops. When the air handling unit stops, GT5 keeps the return water at a constant temperature of approx. 25C.
Air heater, hot water
Stepping switch SK2 switches in the air cooler for evaporative refrigerant, in one or several steps via a stepping switch or a binary switch, in sequence with the air heater and mixing damper, if fitted.
Air cooler, evaporative refrigerant
Anti-frost protection (AAlarm), Fan motor protection, supply air (B Alarm). Group alarms to terminal.
Alarms
Air handling units with two-speed fan operation use a timer in the controller to control between speed 1 and speed 2. The air handling unit starts always at speed 1, the low speed mode.
Two-speed operation, fans
RWI65.01 RWI65.02 DX 9100
Controller
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
44
CATALOGUE

Additional functions
GP 4 GP 2
ST 2 M GT 12 GP 6 GT 2
FF1 FO1/FO2 GF1 GF2 GP1 GP2 GP3 GP4 GP5 GP6 GT2 GT3 GT12 ST2 SU1
Extract air fan Frequency inverter Flow sensor, supply air Flow sensor, extract air Pressure monitor, supply air filter Filter monitor, extract air Pressure monitor, supply air flow Pressure monitor, extract air flow Pressure sensor, supply air Pressure sensor, extract air Temperature sensor, room Temperature sensor, outdoor air Temperature sensor, extract air Damper actuator Timer
FO 2 FF 1
GF 1 GF 2 TF 1 SU 1 FO 1 GT 3 M ST 1 GP 1 M M GP 3 GT 1 GP 5
ROOMS LOKAL
GT 5 SV 1 SV 2, SK 2 CP 1 RC1
Accessories
The room temperature or extract air temperature is kept constant by cascade controlling the supply air temperature within min. and max. limits.
Room control or extract air control
Stops the air handling unit in the event of an alarm (A alarm).
Operation in event of fire
Frequency inverters regulate the speed of the supply air and extract air fans.
Speed control/demand control
Starts the air handling unit at night to cool the premises with cool outdoor air. Outdoor sensor for exterior wall mounting.
Night-time cooling
The required air temperature setpoint is offset to a higher or lower value in the event of excessively high or low outdoor temperatures.
Outdoor temperature compensation
The air handling unit automatically starts at night to heat the premises if the indoor temperature is low.
Night-time heating
Initiates an alarm if the pressure drop across each filter exceeds the preset value (B alarm).
Filter monitor in supply and extract air
Extended operation via timer or via external pushbutton; duration preset on panel.
Extended operation
Stops the air handling unit and initiates an alarm if the flow is excessively low (B alarm).
Flow monitor in supply and extract air
Contactor and motor protection for extract air fan controlled in parallel with the units supply air fan or for continuous operation or manually via a remote switch.
Extra Extract air fan
For other dampers in addition to the outdoor air damper.
Damper actuator
Pipework package with control valve and pump group for air heaters or air coolers for hot and chilled water respectively.
Pipework packages
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
45
CATALOGUE

Components list
GP3 GT1 GT6 GT7 RC1 SK1 ST1 SV2/SK2 TF1 Pressure monitor, supply air Temperature sensor, supply air Overheat protection, automatic Overheat protection, manual Controller Stepping switch or thyristor controller Damper actuator, outdoor air Valve actuator, cooling/stepping switch, cooling Supply air fan
TF 1
ROOMS LOKAL
M ST 1 M GT 6 GT 7 SK 1 SV 2, SK 2 GT 1
GP 3
RC1
Operation
Options
Mixing damper ST3 is controlled in sequence with stepping switch/thyristor SK1.
Mixing section
Temperature sensor GT1 maintains the required supply air temperature via RC1 that controls the electric air heater. Stepping switch/thyristor SK1 is switched in if heating is required. SK1 is switched out if cooling is required.
Temperature control
The air coolers valve actuator SV2 is controlled in sequence with the electric air heater and the mixing damper, if fitted.
The air heater is interlocked by TF1 and fan monitor GP3. When the air handling unit is stopped via switch, timer or overheat protection, the electric air heater is immediately switched out while the fans run for a preset period to cool the heater.
Stepping switch SK2 switches in the air cooler for evaporative refrigerant, in one or several steps via a stepping switch or a binary switch, in sequence with the electric air heater and mixing section, if fitted.
Overheat protection (B alarm), Fan motor protection, supply air (B alarm). Flow monitor supply air (B alarm). Group alarm to terminal.
Alarms
RWI65.01 RWI65.02 DX 9100
Controller
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11 2007.12
46
CATALOGUE

FF1 FO1/FO2 GF1 GF2 GP1 GP2 GP4 GP5 GP6 GT2 GT3 GT12 ST2 Extract air fan Frequency inverter Flow sensor, supply air Flow sensor, extract air Filter monitor, supply air Filter monitor, extract air Pressure monitor, extract air Pressure sensor, supply air Pressure sensor, extract air Temperature sensor, room Temperature sensor, outdoor air Temperature sensor, extract air Damper actuator
GP 4 FO 2 FF 1
GP 2
GF 1 GF 2 TF 1 SU 1 LOKAL ROOMS
FO 1 GT3 M ST 1 GP 1 GT 6 GT 7 SK 1 M SV 2, SK 2 GT 1 GP5
GP 3
RC1
Accessories
Night-time cooling
Night-time heating
Extended operation
Flow monitor extract air
Damper actuator
Pipework packages
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11 2007.12
47
CATALOGUE
Supply and Extract Air Handling Units without Heat Exchanger with or without Mixing
Components list
CP1 GT1 GT5 RC1 ST1 SV1 SV2/SK2 TF1 Circulation pump, hot water Temperature sensor, supply air Anti-frost protection sensor, air heater Controller Damper actuator, outdoor air Valve actuator, hot water Valve actuator, cooling/stepping switch, cooling Supply air fan
M ST 1 M GT 5 SV 1 CP 1 RC1 M SV 2, SK 2
TF 1
ROOMS LOKAL
GT 1
Operation
Options
The mixing damper is controlled in sequence with damper actuator SV1.
Mixing section
Temperature sensor GT1 maintains the required supply air temperature via RC1 that controls the air heater. Valve actuator SV1 opens if heating is required. SV1 closes if cooling is required.
Temperature control
If there is risk of freezing in the air heater, anti-frost protection sensor GT5 controls valve actuator SV1 to open the valve, after which the unit is stopped. If the air handling unit is stopped, GT5 keeps the return water at a constant temperature of approx. 25C.
Anti-frost protection (A alarm), Fan motor protection, supply air (B alarm). Group alarms to terminal.
Alarms
RWI65.01 RWI65.02 DX 9100
Controller
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
48
CATALOGUE
GP 4 GP 2 ST 2 M FO 2 FF 1 GT 2 GT 12 GP 6
FF1 FO1/FO2 GF1 GF2 GP1 GP2 GP3 GP4 GP5 GP6 GT2 GT3 GT12 ST2 SU1
Extract air fan Frequency inverter Flow sensor, supply air Flow sensor, extract air Pressure monitor, supply air filter Filter monitor, extract air Pressure monitor, supply air flow Pressure monitor, extract air flow Pressure sensor, supply air Pressure sensor, extract air Temperature sensor, room Temperature sensor, outdoor air Temperature sensor, extract air Damper actuator Timer
GF 1 GF 2 TF 1 SU 1 FO 1 GT 3 M ST 1 GP 1 M M GP 3 GT 1 GP 5
ROOMS LOKAL
Accessories
Night-time cooling
Night-time heating
Extended operation
Damper actuator
Shunt med styrventil samt pumpgrupp fr luftvrmare eller luftkylare fr vrme- resp. kylvatten.
Pipework packages
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
49
CATALOGUE
Components list
GP3 GT1 GT6 GT7 RC1 SK1 ST1 SV2/SK2 TF1 Pressure monitor, supply air Temperature sensor, supply air Overheat protection, automatic Overheat protection, manual Controller Stepping switch or thyristor controller Damper actuator, outdoor air Valve actuator, cooling/stepping switch, cooling Supply air fan
TF 1
ROOMS LOKAL
M ST 1 M GT 6 GT 7 SK 1 SV 2, SK 2 GT 1
GP 3
RC1
Operation
Options
Mixing damper ST3 is controlled in sequence with stepping switch/thyristor SK1.
Mixing section
Temperature sensor GT1 maintains the required supply air temperature via RC1 that controls the electric air heater. Stepping switch/thyristor SK1 is switched in if heating is required. SK1 is switched out if cooling is required.
Temperature control
Overheat protection (B alarm), Fan motor protection, supply air (B alarm). Flow monitor supply air (B alarm). Group alarm to terminal.
Alarms
RWI65.01 RWI65.02 DX 9100
Controller
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
50
CATALOGUE
FF1 FO1/FO2 GF1 GF2 GP1 GP2 GP4 GP5 GP6 GT2 GT3 GT12 ST2 Extract air fan Frequency inverter Flow sensor, supply air Flow sensor, extract air Filter monitor, supply air Filter monitor, extract air Pressure monitor, extract air Pressure sensor, supply air Pressure sensor, extract air Temperature sensor, room Temperature sensor, outdoor air Temperature sensor, extract air Damper actuator
GP 4 FO 2 FF 1 GP 2 ST 2 M GT 12 GP 6 GT 2
GF 1 GF 2 TF 1 SU 1 LOKAL ROOMS GT 1 GP5
FO 1 GT3 M ST 1 GP 1 GT 6 GT 7 SK 1 M SV 2, SK 2
GP 3
RC1
Accessories
Night-time cooling
Night-time heating
Extended operation
Flow monitor extract air
Damper actuator
Pipework packages
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
51
CATALOGUE
Supply and Extract Air Handling Units with Rotary Heat Exchanger
Components list
AS1 CP1 FF1 GS1 GT1 GT5 KM1 MV1 RC1 ST1 SV1 SV2/SK2 TF1 VVX1 Speed controller, heat exchanger Circulation pump, hot water Extract air fan Rotation monitor sensor Temperature sensor, supply air Anti-frost protection sensor, air heater Cooling unit Solenoid valve Controller Damper actuator, outdoor air Valve actuator, hot water Valve actuator, cooling/stepping switch, cooling Supply air fan Rotary heat exchanger
KM 1 FF 1 VVX 1 MV 1
TF 1
ROOMS LOKAL
M ST 1 GS 1 AS 1 M M GT 1
GT 5 SV 1 SV 2, SK 2 CP 1
RC1
TF1/FF1 are started and stopped by the timer. A service switch as well as in-operation and alarm indicating LEDs are provided in the front panel of the equipment cubicle. The extract air fan starts before the supply air fan.Damper actuator ST1 opens the damper before TF1 starts and closes the damper when the fans stop.
Operation
Options
The air coolers valve actuator SV2 is controlled in sequence with the heat exchanger and the air heater.
Temperature sensor GT1 maintains the required supply air temperature via RC1 that controls the heat exchanger and the air heater in sequence. Speed controller AS1 controls the rotor to rotate faster and valve actuator SV1 opens the valve if heating is required. SV1 closes the valve and AS1 controls the rotor to rotate slower if cooling is required.
Temperature control
Stepping switch SK2 switches in the air cooler for evaporative refrigerant, in one or several steps via a stepping switch or a binary switch, in sequence with the heat exchanger and the air heater.
DX cooling. When the room/extract air temperature exceeds the preset value, RC1 transmits a signal to air cooler KM1 that switches in one or several steps.
Cooling unit COOLER
Indirect evaporative cooling. When the outdoor temperature exceeds the preset value, the rotor is started up to rotate at max. speed and solenoid valve MV1 in the water pipe opens.
COOLMASTER
Anti-frost protection (A alarm), Fan motor protection, supply and extract air respectively (B alarm), Rotation monitor VVX (B alarm). Group alarms to terminal.
Alarms
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
52
CATALOGUE
FO1/FO2 GF1 GF2 GP1 GP2 GP3 GP4 GP5 GP6 GT2 GT3 GT12 ST2 ST3 SU1 Frequency inverter Flow sensor, supply air Flow sensor, extract air Filter monitor, supply air Filter monitor, extract air Flow monitor, supply air Flow monitor, extract air Pressure sensor, supply air Pressure sensor, extract air Temperature sensor, room Temperature sensor, outdoor air Temperature sensor, extract air Damper actuator Damper actuator, recirculated air Timer
GP 4 KM 1 FO 2 FF 1 VVX 1 MV 1 GP 2 ST 2 M GT12 GP 6 GT 2
GF 1 GF 2 TF 1 SU 1
FO 1 GT 3 M ST 1 GP 1 GS 1 AS 1 M M GP 3
ROOMS LOKAL
GT 1 GP 5
GT 5 SV1 SV 2, SK 2 CP1
RC1
Accessories
Damper actuator
The heat exchanger is operated to provide 100% heat recovery if the extract air temperature is lower than the outdoor temperature.
Cooling energy recovery
Night-time cooling
Night-time heating
Extended operation
Pipework packages
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
53
CATALOGUE
Components list
MV 1
AS1 FF1 GP3 GS1 GT1 GT6 GT7 KM1 MV1 RC1 SK1 ST1 SV2/SK2 TF1 VVX1
Speed controller, heat exchanger Extract air fan Pressure monitor, supply air flow Rotation monitor sensor Temperature sensor, supply air Overheat protection, automatic Overheat protection, manual Cooling unit Solenoid valve Controller Stepping switch or thyristor controller Damper actuator, outdoor air Valve actuator, cooling/stepping switch, cooling Supply air fan Rotary heat exchanger
KM 1 FF 1
VVX 1
TF 1 LOKAL ROOMS M ST 1 GS 1 AS 1 M GT 6 GT 7 SK 1 SV 2, GP 3 SK 2 GT 1
RC1
TF1/FF1 are started and stopped by the timer. A service switch as well as in-operation and alarm indicating LEDs are provided in the front panel of the equipment cubicle. The extract air fan starts before the supply air fan. Damper actuator ST1 opens the damper before TF1 starts and closes the damper when the fans stop.
Operation
Options
The air coolers valve actuator SV2 is controlled in sequence with the heat exchanger and the electric air heater.
Temperature sensor GT1 maintains the required supply air temperature via RC1 that controls the heat exchanger and the electric air heater in sequence. Speed controller AS1 controls the rotor to rotate faster and stepping switch/thyristor SK1 is switched in if heating is required. SK1 is switched out and AS1 controls the rotor to rotate slower if cooling is required.
Temperature control
Cooling unit COOLER
Indirect evaporative cooling. When the outdoor temperature exceeds the preset value, the rotor is started up to rotate at max. speed and solenoid valve MV1 in the water pipe opens.
COOLMASTER
Overheat protection (B alarm), Fan motor protection, supply and extract air respectively (B alarm), Rotation monitor VVX (B alarm). Group alarms to terminal.
Alarms
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
54
CATALOGUE
GP 4
FO1/FO2 GF1 GF2 GP1 GP2 GP4 GP5 GP6 GP7 GT2 GT3 GT12 KM1 ST2 ST3 SU1
Frequency inverter KM 1 VVX 1 Flow sensor, supply air FO 2 Flow sensor, extract air FF 1 Filter monitor, supply air Filter monitor, extract air Flow monitor, extract air GF 2 Pressure sensor, supply air Pressure sensor, extract air Pressure monitor, defrosting Temperature sensor, room Temperature sensor, outdoor air GT 3 M Temperature sensor, extract air GS 1 AS 1 GP 1 ST 1 Cooling unit Damper actuator, extract air/exhaust air Damper actuator, recirculated air Timer
RC1
MV 1
GP 2
GF 1 TF 1 SU 1
FO 1 M GT 6 GT 7 SK 1 SV 2, SK 2 GP 3
ROOMS LOKAL
GT 1 GP 5
Accessories
Damper actuator
Night-time cooling
Night-time heating
Extended operation
Pipework packages
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
55
CATALOGUE
Supply and Extract Air Handling Units with Plate Heat Exchanger
Components list
KM 1 VVX 1
CP1 FF1 GT1 GT5 KM1 RC1 ST1 ST4 SV1 SV2/SK2 TF1 VVX1
Circulation pump, hot water Extract air fan Temperature sensor, supply air Anti-frost protection sensor, air heater Cooling unit Controller Damper actuator, outdoor air Damper actuator, heat exchanger Valve actuator, hot water Valve actuator, cooling/stepping switch, cooling Supply air fan Plate heat exchanger
FF 1
M ST 4 TF 1
ROOMS LOKAL
M ST 1 M M GT 1
Operation
Options
Temperature sensor GT1 maintains the required supply air temperature via RC1 that controls the heat exchanger and the air heater in sequence. By-pass damper ST4 closes and valve actuator SV1 opens the valve if heating is required. SV1 closes the valve and ST4 opens if cooling is required.
Temperature control
If there is risk of freezing in the air heater, anti-frost protection sensor GT5 controls valve actuator SV1 to open the valve, after which the unit is stopped. If the air handling unit is stopped, GT5 keeps the return water at a constant temperature of approx. 25 C.
Cooling unit COOLER
Anti-frost protection (A alarm), Fan motor protection, supply and extract air respectively (B alarm). Group alarms to terminal.
Alarms
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
56
CATALOGUE
GP 4 GP 2 KM 1 FO 2 FF 1 VVX 1
FO1/FO2 GF1 GF2 GP1 GP2 GP3 GP4 GP5 GP6 GT2 GT3 GT10 GT12 SU1
Frequency inverter Flow sensor, supply air Flow sensor, extract air Filter monitor, supply air Filter monitor, extract air Flow monitor, supply air Flow monitor, extract air Pressure sensor, supply air Pressure sensor, extract air Temperature sensor, room GT 3 Temperature sensor, outdoor air Temperature sensor, cold corner Temperature sensor extract air Timer
ST 2 M GT12 GP 6 GT 2
GT10 GF 2
M ST 4
GF 1 TF 1 SU 1 ROOMS LOKAL GT 1 GP 5 GP 3
FO 1 M ST 1 GP 1 M M
GT 5 SV1 SV 2, SK 2 CP1 RC1
Accessories
Damper actuator
Night-time cooling
1. Section-by-section defrosting is activated if the outdoor air temperature is lower than -7 C. The heat exchanger is then continuously defrosted by closing the by-pass damper and closing the recovery damper sections one at a time. Each damper is closed for 15 minutes, for section-by-section defrosting. 2. The formation of frost is prevented by limiting the temperature in the cold corner to +2 C, by reducing the efficiency of the heat exchanger, i.e. by gradually opening the by-pass damper.
Defrosting
Night-time heating
Extended operation
Pipework packages
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
57
CATALOGUE
Components list
KM 1
FF1 GP3 GT1 GT6 GT7 KM1 RC1 SK1 ST1 ST4 SV2/SK2 TF1 VVX1
Extract air fan Flow monitor, supply air Temperature sensor, supply air Overheat protection, automatic Overheat protection, manual Cooling unit Controller Stepping switch or thyristor controller Damper actuator, outdoor air M Damper actuator, heat exchanger ST 1 Valve actuator, cooling/stepping switch, cooling Supply air fan Plate heat exchanger
VVX 1
FF 1
M ST 4 TF 1 ROOMS LOKAL M GT 6 GT 7 SK 1 SV 2, SK 2 GP 3 GT 1
RC1
Operation
Options
Temperature sensor GT1 maintains the required supply air temperature via RC1 that controls the heat exchanger and the electric air heater in sequence. Bypass damper ST4 closes and stepping switch/thyristor SK1 is switched in if heating is required. SK1 is switched out and ST4 opens if cooling is required.
Temperature control
Cooling unit COOLER
Overheat protection (B alarm), Fan motor protection, supply air and extract air respectively (B alarm). Group alarms to terminal.
Alarms
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
58
CATALOGUE
GP 4 GP 2 KM 1 FO 2 FF 1 VVX 1
FO1/FO2 GF1 GF2 GP1 GP2 GP4 GP5 GP6 GT2 GT3 GT10 GT12 ST2 ST3 SU1
Frequency inverter Flow sensor, supply air Flow sensor, extract air Filter monitor, supply air Filter monitor, extract air Flow monitor, extract air Pressure sensor, supply air Pressure sensor, extract air Temperature sensor, room GT 3 Temperature sensor, outdoor air Temperature sensor, cold corner Temperature sensor, extract air Damper actuator, extract air/exhaust air Damper actuator, recirculated air Timer
GT10 GF 2
GF 1 ST 4 TF 1 SU 1
FO 1 M ST 1 GP 1 M GT 6 GT 7 SK 1 SV 2, GP 3 SK 2
ROOMS LOKAL
GT 1 GP 5
RC1
Accessories
Damper actuator
Night-time cooling
1. Section-by-section defrosting is activated if the outdoor air temperature is lower than -7 C. The heat exchanger is then continuously defrosted by closing the by-pass damper and closing the recovery damper sections one at a time. Each damper is closed for 15 minutes, for section-by-section defrosting. 2. The formation of frost is prevented by limiting the temperature in the cold corner to +2 C , by reducing the efficiency of the heat exchanger, i.e. by gradually opening the by-pass damper.
Defrosting
Night-time heating
Extended operation
Pipework package with control valve and pump group for air cooler for chilled water.
Pipework packages
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
59
CATALOGUE
Supply and Extract Air Handling Units with Liquid-coupled Heat Exchangers
Components list
CP1 CP3 FF1 GT1 GT5 GT10 RC1 ST1 SV1 SV3 SV2/SK2 TF1 Circulation pump, hot water Cirkulationspump, recovery water Extract air fan Temperature sensor, supply air Anti-frost protection sensor, air heater Frysvakt, heat exchanger Controller Damper actuator, outdoor air Valve actuator, hot water Valve actuator, recovery water Valve actuator, cooling/stepping switch, cooling Supply air fan
CP 1 SV 2, GT 5 SV 1 SK 2 M M GT 1 TF 1 SV 3 M ST 1 M
GT 10 CP 3 FF 1 ROOMS LOKAL
RC1
Operation
Options
The air coolers valve actuator SV2 is controlled in sequence with the heat exchanger and the air heater.
Temperature sensor GT1 maintains the required supply air temperature via RC1 that controls the heat exchanger and the air heater in sequence. Valve actuator SV3 opens first and then valve actuator SV1 to open their respective valves if heating is required. SV1 closes first and then SV3 if cooling is required.
Temperature control
Anti-frost protection (A alarm), Fan motor protection, supply and extract air respectively (B alarm). Group alarms to terminal.
Alarms
RWI65.01 RWI65.02 DX 9100
Controller
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
60
CATALOGUE
GP 1 GT 3 CP1 SV 2, GP 3 GT5 SV1 SK 2 M M FO 1 GT 1 GP 6 GT 2 TF 1 SV 3 M ST 1 M GF 1
GT 10 GF 2 FF 1 ROOMS LOKAL FO 2 M GP 4 RC1 GP 2 ST 2 GT 12 GP 5 CP 3 SU 1
Accessories
Damper actuator
Night-time cooling
Night-time heating
Frost formation on the face surface is avoided by reducing the efficiency of the heat exchanger, i.e. gradually closing the control valve to prevent the temperature in the extract air heat exchangers supply pipe from dropping below the preset value, i.e. gradually closing the control valve.
Defrosting
Extended operation
Pipework packages
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
61
CATALOGUE
Components list
CP3 FF1 GP3 GT1 GT6 GT7 GT10 RC1 SK1 ST1 TF1 SV2/SK2 SV3 Circulation pump, recovery water Extract air fan Flow monitor, supply air Temperature sensor, supply air Overheat protection, automatic Overheat protection, manual Frysvakt, heat exchanger Controller Stepping switch or thyristor controller Damper actuator, outdoor air Supply air fan Valve actuator, cooling/stepping switch, cooling Valve actuator, recovery water
SV 2, GT 6 GT 7 SK 1 SK 2 GP 3 M GT 1 TF 1
SV 3 M ST 1 M
GT 10 CP 3 FF 1 ROOMS LOKAL RC1
Operation
Options
The air coolers valve actuator SV2 is controlled in sequence with the heat exchanger and electric air heater.
Temperature sensor GT1 maintains the required supply air temperature via RC1 that controls the heat exchanger and the electric air heater in sequence. Valve actuator SV3 opens and stepping switch/thyrist SK1 are switched in if heating is required. SK1 is switched out and SV3 closes if cooling is required.
Temperature control
Overheat protection (B alarm), Fan motor protection, Supply air and extract air respectively (B alarm). Group alarms to terminal.
Alarms
RWI65.01 RWI65.02 DX 9100
Controller
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
62
CATALOGUE
GT 3 GP 1 SV 2, GP 3 GT 6 GT 7 SK 1 SK 2 M FO 1 TF 1 GT 2 SV 3 M ST 1 M GF 1 GT 1 GP 6
GT 10 GF 2 FF 1 ROOMS LOKAL FO 2 M GP 4 RC 1 GP 2 ST 2 GT 12 GP 5 CP 3 SU 1
Accessories
Damper actuator
Night-time cooling
Night-time heating
Frost formation on the face surface is avoided by reducing the efficiency of the heat exchanger, i.e. gradually closing the control valve to prevent the temperature in the extract air heat exchangers supply pipe from dropping below the preset value.
Defrosting
Extended operation
Pipework package with control valve and pump group for air cooler for chilled water.
Pipework packages
Flkt Woods
8612 GB 2009.11
63
page 64
Pressure drop
Pressure drop, size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page EU-60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65 EU-62 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67 EU-64 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69 EU-71 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71 EU-73 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73 EU-80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75 EU-82 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77 EU-84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .79
Contents
Flkt Woods
4609 GB 2009.11
64
page 65
Pressure drop, EU-60

Pressure drop, Pa
Unit section Designation Remarks With damper Conn. at end/partition wall b = 1, 2 Conn. top/bottom b = 3, 4, 5 Conn. at rear b=7 Conn. at end wall Conn. at end wall Conn. at top/bottom Conn. at rear bb = 11, 12, 13, 15 bb = 12, 13, 14, 16 bb = bb = 15, 16, 17 bb = 02, 03, 11, 21 bb = 14, 15, 17, 18 bb = 07, 11, 16, 19, 20 bb = 07, 11, 16, 19, 20 bb = 03, 07, 09, 15 bb = 17, 19 bb = 21 bb = 21 b = 1, d = 1, 2 b = 1, d = 6 b=2 b=6 b=2 b=3 b=4 b=7 b=5 5 5 15 15 10 15 15 25 10 15 35 65 55 10 20 45 35 5 15 10 30 40 35 30 45 35 15 15 45 35 25 95 65 70 80 75 55 105 55 90 100 120 165 70 200 325 385 45 Output variant 1 2 3 4 5 Output variant 1 2 Output variant 1 2 Output variant 1 2 3 4 14 Output variant 14 Low temperature version (d = 2) 20 20 35 40 55 10 10 15 35 5 15 25 30 15 5 5 25 20 10 25 20 35 10 25 45 85 75 10 25 55 45 5 25 10 35 55 45 35 55 45 20 25 55 45 35 120 85 75 95 80 60 120 60 100 110 135 185 75 225 380 445 60 25 25 45 55 70 10 10 20 45 10 15 35 40 15 Air flow, m3/s Air flow, m3/h 6 7 21600 25200 8 9 28800 32400 10 11 12 36000 39600 43200 Pressure drop p, Pa 5 5 30 25 15 30 25 45 15 30 60 110 100 15 35 70 60 5 30 15 40 70 60 40 70 60 25 30 70 60 45 145 110 80 105 90 70 135 65 110 125 150 200 85 255 435 505 75 30 35 55 70 90 15 15 25 55 10 20 40 50 20 10 10 40 35 20 40 35 60 20 40 75 140 125 15 45 90 75 5 40 15 45 90 75 50 90 75 35 40 90 75 60 175 140 90 115 100 80 150 65 120 135 165 220 95 285 490 570 35 40 65 85 110 20 15 30 65 15 25 50 65 30 10 10 50 40 25 50 40 70 25 50 95 175 155 20 55 110 90 10 50 20 55 105 95 55 110 90 40 50 110 90 70 210 175 95 130 105 95 160 70 130 150 180 240 100 315 45 50 80 100 130 25 20 40 75 15 30 60 75 35 10 10 60 50 30 60 50 85 30 60 115 210 185 25 65 10 60 25 60 115 60 85 245 105 145 115 105 175 75 145 165 200 260 110 345 55 60 90 115 150 30 25 45 90 20 35 70 90 40 15 15 70 60 35 70 60 105 35 70 140 255 220 30 80 10 70 30 65 140 70 105 280 115 155 125 125 190 80 155 180 215 280 120 60 65 105 135 175 35 30 50 100 20 40 80 100 45 End connection frame EUVA Connection section (One dampers) EUVB
Mixing section (Two dampers)
EUVC
Mixing section and exhaust section (Three dampers)
EUVD
Conn. at partition wall Conn. at end wall Conn. at top/bottom - Supply air Conn. at top/bottom - Exhaust air Recirc. air with perf. sheet Recirc. air with perf. sheet Conn. at side, supply air Conn. at side, exhaust air
Intake/exhaust EUVE section (One dampers, outdoor unit)
Intake section with damper o galler, vertikal lamell Intake section with damper and grille, horizontal vanes Intake section with damper Intake section with damper bottom Exhaust air section with damper Exhaust air section with damper and louvres Exhaust air section with damper and grille Exhaust air section with damper, bottom Exhaust air section with louvres Intake damper with grille, vertical vanes Intake damper with grille, horizontal vanes Damper, side connection Damper, bottom connection Intake damper with grille, vertical vanes Intake damper with grille, horizontal vanes Damper in partition wall Exhaust air damper with louvres Recirc. Air damper with perforated sheet Filter class G2, (G70), cleanable, al G3, (G85), - G4 (G90), cleanable G3, (G85), disposable G3, (G85), - G4 (G90) F5, (F45) G3, (G85) - G4, (G90) F5, (F45) F6, (F65) F7, (F85) F8/F9, (F95) G3, (G85) H10 H12 H13, H14
Mixing section EUVF (Two dampers, outdoor unit)
b = 1, 2, d = 1, 2 b = 1, 2, d = 6 b=1 b=2 b = 1, d = 1, 2, 7, 8 b = 1, d = 6 b = 1, 2, 3, 7, 8 b=1 b=3
Mixing section and EUVG exhaust section (Three dampers, outdoor unit)
Pleated filter
EUPA
Short bag filter
EUPB
Filter class
Long bag filter
EUPC
Filter class
Prefilter Absolute filter EUPF Filter class
Carbon filter Air heater, for hot water
EUPK EUE(E,V)
Air heater, EUEG for hot water, (Preheater) Air heater, steam EUES
Air heater, el. EUEK Min. air flow (d = 1) 4,6m3/s (d = 2) 6,1 m3/s
Mesh type (d = 2, e = 3) High temperature (d = 1)
Air cooler for chilled water or evaporative refrigerant Normal face area 3 m/s at 9,2 m3/s 4 m/s at 12,2 m3/s Flkt Woods
2 mm fin pitch Pressure drop, p1, Output variant 2 for max. face area: 3 p1 = 0,87 x p 4 Max. face area 6 3 m/s at 10,0 m3/s 3/s 4 m/s at 13,3 m Droplet eliminator EUN(N,P) 4609 GB 2009.11 65
35 50 70 105 20
45 70 90 135 25
55 85 110 170 35
70 100 135 205 45
80 120 160 245 55
95 140 190 285 65
110 165 220 330 80
page 66

Pressure drop, Pa
Unit section Angle section Designation EUTA Remarks Without silencer With silencer With filter Length b = 2 Length b = 3 Length b = 4 Length b = 5 Aluminium b = 18 b = 58 b = 14 see EUPC 550 mm 900 mm 1300 mm 1700 mm 90% 60% Output variant Output variant 1, 2 3, 4, 5 1, 2 3, 4, 5 10 15 15 20 105 80 75 80 125 130 large cube small cube 70 105 140 175 50 70 95 115 20 15 20 25 25 145 105 90 95 150 155 90 135 180 225 65 95 120 150 25 Air flow, m3/s Air flow, m3/h 6 7 21600 25200 8 9 28800 32400 10 11 12 36000 39600 43200 Pressure drop p, Pa 20 25 30 35 185 140 100 110 165 180 110 170 225 280 80 120 155 190 35 25 30 35 45 235 170 115 120 190 200 135 205 275 340 100 145 190 235 45 30 40 45 55 290 210 125 135 205 225 160 245 325 405 120 175 230 285 55 35 45 55 65 140 150 230 250 190 285 380 475 140 205 270 340 65 45 55 65 80 150 165 250 270 220 330 440 550 165 240 320 395 80
Silencer
EUSA
Humidifier Max. air flow 10,0 m3/s Cooling unit
EUQA
EUKA
Supply air Exhaust air
Droplet eliminator REGOTERM Rotary heat exchanger TURBOTERM Rotary heat exchanger RECUTERM Plate heat exchanger EURA EURA Non hygroscopic Hygroscopic Non hygroscopic Hygroscopic Supply air with by-pass damper Exhaust air Supply air with by-pass damper Exhaust air
EURC
Droplet eliminator ECOTERM EURE Liquid-coupled heat exchanger Normal face area 3 m/s at 9,2 m3/s 4 m/s at 12,2 m3/s Max. face area 3 m/s at 10,0 m3/s 4 m/s at 13,3 m3/s ECOTERM BOX EURV Liquid-coupled heat exchanger Normal face area x m/s at x,x m3/s ECONET EURT Liquid-coupled heat exchanger Normal face area 3 m/s at 9,2 m3/s 4 m/s at 12,2 m3/s Max. face area 3 m/s at 10,0 m3/s 4 m/s at 13,3 m3/s 2 mm fin pitch, 8 tube rows x m/s at x,x m3/s 2 mm fin pitch Output variant 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 Droplet eliminator Air distributor EULZ-13 Fan size 1 2 3 Pressure drop, p1, for max. face area: p1 = 0,87 x p 2 mm fin pitch Output variant 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
4 mm fin pitch Output variant
Pressure drop, p1, for max. face area: p1 = 0,87 x p
Droplet eliminator
105 140 175 210 90 115 145 175 70 95 115 140 15 25 15 15
135 180 225 270 115 150 190 230 95 120 150 180 20 35 20 20
170 225 280 335 145 190 240 285 120 155 190 230 25 45 25 25
205 275 340 410 175 230 290 345 145 190 235 285 35 55 30 35
245 325 405 485 210 275 345 415 175 230 285 340 40 70 40 40
285 380 475 570 245 325 405 485 205 270 340 405 50 80 50 50
330 440 550 660 285 375 470 565 240 320 395 470 60 100 60 60
2,5 mm fin pitch Output variant
Indicates that the unit section isnt available. The area shaded blue/grey indicates that the air velocity is 3 m/s (normal face area) or above and that there is consequently risk of water entrainment if condensation occurs in the air cooler or heat recovery unit with normal face area. A droplet eliminator should be used. When condensation occurs the pressure drop across the air cooler and the exhaust air side of the heat recovery unit will increase. The following increases in pressure drop can be expected: EU(NN,NP) Air cooler: Up to 35% ECOTERM EURE: Up to 35% RECUTERM EURC: Exhaust air downwards: Up to 30% Exhaust air upwards: Up to 50% Recommended pressure drop increase from the design pressure drop for the EUP(A,B,C) filter.
Filterclass G2 (G70) G3 (G85) G4 (G90)
Pressure drop increase, Pa 35 35 35
Filterclass F5 (F45) F6 (F65) F7 (F85) F8 (F95)
Pressure drop increase, Pa 50 50 50 50
Flkt Woods
4609 GB 2009.11
66
page 67

Pressure drop, Pa
Unit section Designation Remarks With damper Conn. at end/partition wall b = 1, 2 Conn. top/bottom b = 3, 4, 5 Conn. at rear b=7 Conn. at end wall Conn. at end wall Conn. at top/bottom Conn. at rear bb = 11, 12, 13, 15 bb = 12, 13, 14, 16 bb = bb = 15, 16, 17 bb = 02, 03, 11, 21 bb = 14, 15, 17, 18 bb = 07, 11, 16, 19, 20 bb = 07, 11, 16, 19, 20 bb = 03, 07, 09, 15 bb = 17, 19 bb = 21 bb = 21 b = 1, d = 1, 2 b = 1, d = 6 b=2 b=6 b=2 b=3 b=4 b=7 b=5 5 5 20 20 10 20 20 30 10 20 40 70 70 10 25 50 40 10 20 10 30 45 40 30 50 40 40 20 50 40 30 110 70 55 60 50 40 105 45 75 70 85 115 55 200 325 385 Output variant 1 2 3 4 5 Output variant 1 2 Output variant 1 2 Output variant 1 2 3 4 14 Output variant 14 Low temperature version (d = 2) 20 20 30 40 55 10 5 10 15 5 10 25 30 15 5 5 30 25 15 30 25 40 15 30 55 100 95 15 35 65 55 10 30 10 40 65 55 35 65 55 15 30 65 55 40 145 100 65 75 65 50 120 50 85 90 110 145 65 230 385 450 35 25 25 45 55 70 10 10 15 25 10 15 35 40 15 Air flow, m3/s Air flow, m3/h 8,0 9,5 28300 34200 11,0 39600 12,5 4500 14,0 15,5 17,0 50400 55800 61200 Pressure drop p, Pa 5 5 35 35 20 35 35 55 20 35 75 135 130 20 45 85 70 15 35 15 45 85 75 40 85 70 20 35 85 70 55 180 135 75 90 80 60 135 55 95 110 135 175 75 265 450 525 55 30 35 55 70 90 15 15 20 40 10 20 40 55 20 10 10 50 45 25 50 45 70 25 50 95 175 165 25 60 110 90 20 50 20 55 105 95 45 110 90 25 50 110 90 70 220 175 85 110 90 70 150 65 110 125 155 205 85 295 510 595 40 45 70 85 110 20 20 25 55 15 25 50 65 30 10 10 60 55 30 60 55 90 30 60 120 220 210 30 75 25 60 25 60 120 55 90 270 95 125 105 90 170 70 130 145 180 235 100 330 50 50 85 105 135 25 25 35 70 15 30 65 80 35 10 10 75 70 35 75 70 110 35 75 145 270 255 35 95 35 75 35 70 145 60 110 320 105 145 115 110 185 75 145 165 205 265 115 365 55 60 100 125 160 30 30 45 90 20 40 75 95 40 15 15 90 85 45 90 85 135 45 90 175 325 305 40 110 40 90 40 80 175 70 130 375 120 155 130 135 205 85 165 180 230 300 130 70 70 115 145 190 35 35 55 110 20 45 90 110 45 End connection frame EUVA Connection section (One dampers) EUVB
EUVC
EUVD
b = 1, 2, d = 1, 2 b = 1, 2, d = 6 b=1 b=2 b = 1, d = 1, 2, 7, 8 b = 1, d = 6 b = 1, 2, 3, 7, 8 b=1 b=3
Pleated filter
EUPA
Short bag filter
EUPB
Filter class
Long bag filter
EUPC
Filter class
EUPK EUE(E,V)
Air heater, el. EUEK Min. air flow (d = 1) 6,3 m3/s (d = 2) 8,3 m3/s
35 50 70 100 15
45 70 90 135 25
60 85 115 175 35
70 105 140 215 45
85 130 170 260 60
100 150 205 305 70
120 175 235 355 90
page 68

Pressure drop, Pa
Unit section Angle section Designation EUTA Remarks Without silencer With silencer With filter Length b = 2 Length b = 3 Length b = 4 Length b = 5 Aluminium b = 18 b = 58 b = 14 see EUPC 550 mm 900 mm 1300 mm 1700 mm 90% 60% Output variant Output variant 1, 2 3, 4, 5 1, 2 3, 4, 5 10 15 20 20 105 80 85 90 140 150 large cube small cube 70 100 135 170 45 70 90 115 15 15 20 25 30 150 110 100 105 165 175 90 135 180 225 65 95 125 155 25 Air flow, m3/s Air flow, m3/h 8,0 9,5 28300 34200 11,0 39600 12,5 4500 14,0 15,5 17,0 50400 55800 61200 Pressure drop p, Pa 20 30 35 40 200 145 115 125 190 205 115 175 230 290 85 120 160 200 35 30 35 45 50 255 185 135 145 225 240 140 215 285 355 105 150 200 250 45 35 45 55 65 150 160 250 265 170 260 345 430 125 185 245 305 60 45 55 65 80 165 180 272 300 205 305 405 510 150 220 295 365 70 50 70 80 95 180 195 300 320 235 355 475 590 180 260 345 430 90
Silencer
EUSA
EUQA
EUKA
EURC
Droplet eliminator ECOTERM EURE Liquid-coupled heat exchanger Normal face area 3 m/s at 12,4 m3/s 4m/s for 16,6 m3/s Max. face area 3 m/s at 13,2 m3/s 4 m/s at 17,6 m3/s ECOTERM BOX EURV Liquid-coupled heat exchanger Normal face area x m/s at x,x m3/s ECONET EURT Liquid-coupled heat exchanger Normal face area 3 m/s at 12,4 m3/s 4 m/s at 16,6 m3/s Max. face area 3 m/s at 13,2 m3/s 4 m/s at 17,6 m3/s 2 mm fin pitch, 8 tube rows x m/s at x,x m3/s 2 mm fin pitch Output variant 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 Droplet eliminator Air distributor EULZ-13 Fan size 1 2 3 Pressure drop, p1, for max. face area: p1 = 0,90 x p 2 mm fin pitch Output variant 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Droplet eliminator
100 135 170 205 85 115 145 170 70 90 115 135 15 25 15 15
135 180 225 270 115 155 190 230 95 125 155 180 20 35 25 20
175 230 290 345 145 195 245 295 120 160 200 235 30 50 30 30
215 285 355 425 180 245 305 365 150 200 250 295 35 65 40 35
260 345 430 515 220 295 365 440 185 245 305 360 45 80 50 45
305 405 510 610 260 350 435 520 220 295 365 435 55 95 60 55
355 475 590 710 305 405 510 610 260 345 430 510 65 115 75 70
Indicates that the unit section isnt available. The area shaded blue/grey indicates that the air velocity is 3 m/s (normal face area) or above and that there is consequently risk of water entrainment if condensation occurs in the air cooler or heat recovery unit with normal face area. A droplet eliminator should be used. When condensation occurs the pressure drop across the air cooler and the exhaust air side of the heat recovery unit will increase. The following increases in pressure drop can be expected: EU(NN,NP) Air cooler: Up to 35% ECOTERM EURE: Up to 35% RECUTERM EURC: Exhaust air downwards: Up to 30% Exhaust air upwards: Up to 50% Recommended pressure drop increase from the design pressure drop for the EUP(A,B,C) filter.
Flkt Woods
4609 GB 2009.11
68
page 69

Pressure drop, Pa
Unit section Designation Remarks With damper Conn. at end/partition wall b = 1, 2 Conn. top/bottom b = 3, 4, 5 Conn. at rear b=7 Conn. at end wall Conn. at end wall Conn. at top/bottom Conn. at rear bb = 11, 12, 13, 15 bb = 12, 13, 14, 16 bb = bb = 15, 16, 17 bb = 02, 03, 11, 21 bb = 14, 15, 17, 18 bb = 07, 11, 16, 19, 20 bb = 07, 11, 16, 19, 20 bb = 03, 07, 09, 15 bb = 17, 19 bb = 21 bb = 21 b = 1, d = 1, 2 b = 1, d = 6 b=2 b=6 b=2 b=3 b=4 b=7 b=5 0 0 15 15 5 15 15 20 5 15 25 45 65 10 25 35 30 5 15 5 30 35 30 25 35 30 10 15 35 25 20 105 55 65 75 70 50 100 50 85 95 110 150 65 200 325 385 40 Output variant 1 2 3 4 5 Output variant 1 2 Output variant 1 2 Output variant 1 2 3 4 14 Output variant 14 Low temperature version (d = 2) 15 15 25 35 45 5 5 15 25 5 10 15 20 10 5 5 20 25 10 20 25 30 10 20 40 70 95 15 35 55 45 10 20 10 35 50 45 30 55 45 15 20 45 40 30 140 80 70 90 80 55 115 55 95 105 130 175 75 235 400 465 50 20 25 35 50 60 10 10 20 40 5 15 20 30 15 Air flow, m3/s Air flow, m3/h 9 11 32400 39600 13 15 46800 54000 17 19 21 61200 68400 75600 Pressure drop p, Pa 5 5 30 35 15 25 35 40 15 25 55 95 130 20 50 70 60 15 30 15 40 70 60 35 70 60 20 30 65 50 45 185 110 80 105 90 65 130 60 110 120 150 200 85 275 470 550 70 30 30 50 65 80 15 10 25 50 10 20 30 40 15 5 5 40 50 20 35 50 55 20 35 70 130 175 25 65 95 75 20 40 20 50 90 80 45 95 75 25 40 80 65 60 235 150 90 115 100 80 150 65 120 135 165 220 95 315 35 40 65 80 105 20 15 30 60 10 25 35 50 20 10 10 50 60 25 45 60 70 25 45 90 165 225 30 80 25 50 25 55 105 50 105 85 75 285 190 100 130 110 95 165 70 135 150 185 245 105 355 45 50 80 100 130 25 20 40 75 15 30 45 60 30 10 10 65 75 30 55 75 85 30 55 115 205 280 40 100 30 65 30 65 130 55 95 345 115 150 120 115 185 80 150 170 205 270 115 55 60 95 120 155 30 25 45 90 20 35 55 70 35 15 15 80 95 35 70 95 105 35 70 140 255 345 45 125 35 80 35 75 160 65 115 415 120 165 130 135 205 85 165 180 235 295 125 65 70 110 140 180 35 30 55 105 20 45 65 85 40 End connection frame EUVA Connection section (One dampers) EUVB
EUVC
EUVD
b = 1, 2, d = 1, 2 b = 1, 2, d = 6 b=1 b=2 b = 1, d = 1, 2, 7, 8 b = 1, d = 6 b = 1, 2, 3, 7, 8 b=1 b=3
Pleated filter
EUPA
Short bag filter
EUPB
Filter class
Long bag filter
EUPC
Filter class
EUPK EUE(E,V)
30 40 55 85 15
40 60 80 120 20
50 80 105 155 30
65 100 130 195 40
80 120 160 240 55
95 145 195 290 70
115 170 230 345 85
page 70

Pressure drop, Pa
Unit section Angle section Designation EUTA Remarks Without silencer With silencer With filter Length b = 2 Length b = 3 Length b = 4 Length b = 5 Aluminium b = 18 b = 58 b = 14 see EUPC 550 mm 900 mm 1300 mm 1700 mm 90% 60% Output variant Output variant 1, 2 3, 4, 5 1, 2 3, 4, 5 10 15 15 20 85 65 80 85 130 140 large cube small cube 55 85 115 140 40 55 75 90 15 15 20 25 30 130 95 95 105 155 175 80 120 155 195 55 80 105 130 20 Air flow, m3/s Air flow, m3/h 9 11 32400 39600 13 15 46800 54000 17 19 21 61200 68400 75600 Pressure drop p, Pa 20 30 35 40 180 130 115 125 190 205 105 155 205 260 75 110 145 175 30 30 40 45 55 235 170 135 145 220 240 130 195 265 330 95 140 185 225 40 35 50 60 70 150 160 250 265 160 240 325 405 120 175 230 285 55 45 60 75 85 170 180 280 295 195 290 390 485 145 210 280 345 70 55 75 90 105 185 200 305 330 230 345 455 570 175 255 335 410 85
Silencer
EUSA
EUQA
EUKA
EURC
Droplet eliminator
85 115 140 170 70 95 120 140 55 75 90 110 10 20 15 10
120 155 195 235 100 135 165 200 80 105 130 155 20 30 20 15
155 205 260 310 130 175 220 265 110 140 175 210 25 40 25 25
195 265 330 395 170 225 280 335 140 185 225 270 30 55 35 30
240 325 405 485 205 275 345 410 175 230 285 340 40 65 45 40
290 390 485 580 250 330 415 495 210 280 345 410 50 85 60 50
345 455 570 685 295 395 490 590 255 335 410 490 60 105 70 60
Indicates that the unit section isnt available. The area shaded blue/grey indicates that the air velocity is 3 m/s (normal face area) or above and that there is consequently risk of water entrainment if condensation occurs in the air cooler or heat recovery unit with normal face area. A droplet eliminator should be used. When condensation occurs the pressure drop across the air cooler and the exhaust air side of the heat recovery unit will increase. The following increases in pressure drop can be expected: EU(NN,NP) Air cooler: Up to 35% ECOTERM EURE: Up to 35% ECONET EURT: Up to 35% Recommended pressure drop increase from the design pressure drop for the EUP(A,B,C) filter.
Flkt Woods
4609 GB 2009.11
70
page 71

Pressure drop, Pa
Unit section Designation Remarks With damper Conn. at end/partition wall b = 1, 2 Conn. top/bottom b = 3, 4, 5 Conn. at rear b=7 Conn. at end wall Conn. at end wall Conn. at top/bottom Conn. at rear bb = 11, 12, 13, 15 bb = 12, 13, 14, 16 bb = bb = 15, 16, 17 bb = 02, 03, 11, 21 bb = 14, 15, 17, 18 bb = 07, 11, 16, 19, 20 bb = 07, 11, 16, 19, 20 bb = 03, 07, 09, 15 bb = 17, 19 bb = 21 bb = 21 b = 1, d = 1, 2 b = 1, d = 6 b=2 b=6 b=2 b=3 b=4 b=7 b=5 0 0 15 10 10 15 10 25 10 15 30 55 40 5 15 40 30 5 15 5 30 40 30 25 40 30 10 15 40 30 25 85 55 65 75 65 45 95 50 80 90 110 145 60 175 280 330 35 Output variant 1 2 3 4 5 Output variant 1 2 Output variant 1 2 Output variant 1 2 3 4 14 Output variant 14 Low temperature version (d = 2) 15 15 25 35 45 5 5 15 25 5 10 20 25 10 5 5 25 15 10 25 15 35 10 25 45 85 60 10 20 60 50 10 25 10 35 55 45 30 60 50 15 25 60 50 35 115 85 70 85 75 55 110 55 95 105 125 170 70 210 350 410 50 20 25 40 50 65 10 10 20 35 5 15 30 35 15 Air flow, m3/s Air flow, m3/h 8 10 28800 36000 12 14 43200 50400 16 18 20 57600 64800 72000 Pressure drop p, Pa 5 5 35 25 15 35 25 50 15 35 70 125 85 10 30 80 65 15 35 15 45 80 70 40 80 65 20 35 80 65 50 155 125 80 100 90 65 130 60 105 120 145 195 80 245 420 490 70 30 35 55 65 85 15 15 25 50 10 20 40 50 20 10 10 45 30 25 45 30 70 25 45 90 170 115 15 45 105 90 20 45 20 55 105 90 45 105 90 25 45 105 90 70 200 170 90 115 100 80 150 65 120 135 165 220 95 285 490 510 40 45 70 85 110 20 15 30 65 15 25 55 65 30 10 10 60 40 30 60 40 90 30 60 120 220 155 20 55 30 60 30 60 120 55 90 250 100 135 110 95 165 75 135 155 185 245 105 325 50 55 85 105 140 25 25 40 80 15 35 65 85 40 15 15 75 55 40 75 55 115 40 75 150 280 195 25 70 35 75 35 75 150 65 115 300 110 150 120 115 185 80 150 175 210 275 115 365 60 65 105 130 170 30 30 50 95 20 40 80 100 50 15 15 95 65 45 95 65 140 45 95 190 345 240 35 85 45 95 45 85 190 70 140 36 120 170 135 140 205 85 165 195 230 300 130 75 75 125 155 205 40 35 55 115 25 50 95 120 60 End connection frame EUVA Connection section (One dampers) EUVB
EUVC
EUVD
b = 1, 2, d = 1, 2 b = 1, 2, d = 6 b=1 b=2 b = 1, d = 1, 2, 7, 8 b = 1, d = 6 b = 1, 2, 3, 7, 8 b=1 b=3
Pleated filter
EUPA
Short bag filter
EUPB
Filter class
Long bag filter
EUPC
Filter class
EUPK EUE(E,V)
25 40 55 80 15
40 60 80 120 20
55 80 105 160 30
70 105 135 205 45
85 130 170 255 55
105 155 205 310 75
125 185 245 370 90
page 72

Pressure drop, Pa
Silencer
EUSA
EUQA
EUKA
EURC
Droplet eliminator
80 110 135 165 70 90 115 135 55 70 90 105 10 15 10 10
120 155 195 235 100 130 165 200 80 105 130 155 20 25 20 20
160 210 265 320 135 180 225 270 110 145 180 215 25 35 25 25
205 275 340 410 175 235 290 350 145 190 240 285 35 45 35 35
255 340 425 510 220 290 365 435 185 245 300 360 45 60 45 45
310 415 520 620 265 355 445 530 225 300 370 445 55 75 60 60
370 495 615 740 320 425 530 635 275 360 445 535 65 95 70 70
Flkt Woods
4609 GB 2009.11
72
page 73

Pressure drop, Pa
Unit section Designation Remarks With damper Conn. at end/partition wall b = 1, 2 Conn. top/bottom b = 3, 4, 5 Conn. at rear b=7 Conn. at end wall Conn. at end wall Conn. at top/bottom Conn. at rear bb = 11, 12, 13, 15 bb = 12, 13, 14, 16 bb = bb = 15, 16, 17 5 5 20 15 10 15 15 25 10 15 35 65 15 10 25 50 40 10 20 10 35 50 40 30 50 40 15 20 45 35 30 120 75 70 85 75 55 110 55 90 100 125 165 70 225 380 440 45 Output variant 1 2 3 4 5 Output variant 1 2 Output variant 1 2 Output variant 1 2 3 4 14 Output variant 14 Low temperature version (d = 2) 20 25 35 45 60 10 10 15 35 5 15 30 35 15 5 5 25 25 10 25 25 35 10 25 45 85 25 10 30 65 55 15 25 15 40 65 55 35 65 55 20 25 60 50 40 155 100 75 95 85 60 120 60 100 115 140 185 80 260 440 515 60 25 30 45 60 75 15 10 20 45 10 20 35 45 20 Air flow, m3/s Air flow, m3/h 12 14 43200 50400 16 18 57600 64800 20 22 24 72000 79200 86400 Pressure drop p, Pa 5 5 35 30 15 30 30 45 15 30 60 110 30 15 40 85 70 15 35 15 45 85 70 40 85 70 25 32 75 60 50 190 130 80 105 90 70 135 65 110 125 155 205 85 295 505 590 75 35 35 60 75 95 15 15 25 55 10 20 45 55 25 5 5 45 40 20 40 40 60 20 40 75 140 40 20 50 105 85 20 45 20 50 105 90 45 105 85 30 45 90 75 65 235 165 90 120 100 85 150 70 125 140 170 225 95 330 40 45 70 90 115 20 20 35 65 15 25 55 70 30 10 10 55 50 25 50 50 70 25 50 95 175 50 25 65 25 55 25 60 110 50 110 90 80 280 205 100 135 110 95 165 75 135 155 185 250 105 365 50 55 85 105 140 25 20 40 80 15 35 65 80 35 10 10 65 60 30 60 60 85 30 60 115 210 60 30 75 30 65 30 65 135 60 95 325 110 150 120 115 180 80 145 170 205 270 115 55 60 100 125 160 30 25 45 90 20 40 75 95 45 15 15 80 70 35 70 70 105 35 70 140 255 70 35 90 35 80 35 75 160 65 115 380 115 160 125 130 200 85 160 185 220 290 125 65 70 115 145 185 35 30 55 105 20 45 90 110 55 End connection frame EUVA Connection section (One dampers) EUVB
EUVC
EUVD
Conn. at partition wall bb = 02, 03, 11, 21 Conn. at end wall bb = 14, 15, 17, 18 Conn. at top/bottom - Supply air bb = 07, 11, 16, 19, 20 Conn. at top/bottom - Exhaust air bb = 07, 11, 16, 19, 20 Recirc. air with perf. sheet bb = 03, 07, 09, 15 Recirc. air with perf. sheet bb = 17, 19 Conn. at side, supply air bb = 21 Conn. at side, exhaust air bb = 21 Intake section with damper o galler, vertikal lamell Intake section with damper and grille, horizontal vanes Intake section with damper Intake section with damper bottom Exhaust air section with damper Exhaust air section with damper and louvres Exhaust air section with damper and grille Exhaust air section with damper, bottom Exhaust air section with louvres Intake damper with grille, vertical vanes Intake damper with grille, horizontal vanes Damper, side connection Damper, bottom connection Intake damper with grille, vertical vanes Intake damper with grille, horizontal vanes Damper in partition wall Exhaust air damper with louvres Recirc. Air damper with perforated sheet Filter class G2, (G70), cleanable, al G3, (G85), - G4 (G90), cleanable G3, (G85), disposable G3, (G85), - G4 (G90) F5, (F45) G3, (G85) - G4, (G90) F5, (F45) F6, (F65) F7, (F85) F8/F9, (F95) G3, (G85) H10 H12 H13, H14 b = 1, d = 1, 2 b = 1, d = 6 b=2 b=6 b=2 b=3 b=4 b=7 b=5
b = 1, 2, d = 1, 2 b = 1, 2, d = 6 b=1 b=2 b = 1, d = 1, 2, 7, 8 b = 1, d = 6 b = 1, 2, 3, 7, 8 b=1 b=3
Pleated filter
EUPA
Short bag filter
EUPB
Filter class
Long bag filter
EUPC
Filter class
EUPK EUE(E,V)
Air heater, el. EUEK Min. air flow (d = 1) 8,1 m3/s (d = 2) 12,0m3/s
35 55 70 110 20
45 70 95 140 25
60 85 115 175 35
70 105 140 210 45
85 125 170 250 55
100 150 195 295 70
115 170 230 340 85
page 74

Pressure drop, Pa
Silencer
EUSA
EUQA
EUKA
EURC
Droplet eliminator ECOTERM EURE Liquid-coupled heat exchanger Normal face area 3 m/s at 18,0 m3/s 4 m/s at 24,0 m3/s Max. face area 3 m/s at 18,9 m3/s 4 m/s at 25,2 m3/s ECOTERM BOX EURV Liquid-coupled heat exchanger Normal face area x m/s at x,x m3/s ECONET EURT Liquid-coupled heat exchanger Normal face area 3 m/s at 18,0 m3/s 4 m/s at 24,0m3/s Max. face area 3 m/s at 18,9 m3/s 4 m/s at 25,2 m3/s 2 mm fin pitch, 8 tube rows x m/s at x,x m3/s 2 mm fin pitch Output variant 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 Droplet eliminator Air distributor EULZ-13 Fan size 1 2 3 Pressure drop, p1, for max. face area: p1 =0,92 x p 2 mm fin pitch Output variant 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Pressure drop, p1, for max. face area: p1 =0,92 x p
Droplet eliminator
110 145 180 215 90 120 150 180 75 95 120 145 15 20 15 20
140 185 235 280 120 160 195 235 95 125 160 190 20 30 25 25
175 235 290 350 150 195 245 295 120 160 200 240 30 35 30 30
210 285 355 425 180 240 300 360 150 200 245 295 35 45 40 40
250 335 420 505 215 285 360 430 180 240 295 355 45 55 45 50
295 395 490 590 255 335 420 505 215 285 350 420 50 70 55 60
340 455 570 680 295 390 485 585 250 330 410 490 60 80 65 75
Indicates that the unit section isnt available. The area shaded blue/grey indicates that the air velocity is 3 m/s (normal face area) or above and that there is consequently risk of water entrainment if condensation occurs in the air cooler or heat recovery unit with normal face area. A droplet eliminator should be used. When condensation occurs the pressure drop across the air cooler and the exhaust air side of the heat recovery unit will increase. The following increases in pressure drop can be expected: EU(NN,NP) Air cooler: Up to 35% ECOTERM EURE: Up to 35% ECONET EURT: Up till 35% Recommended pressure drop increase from the design pressure drop for the EUP(A,B,C) filter.
Flkt Woods
4609 GB 2009.11
74
page 75

Pressure drop, Pa
Unit section Designation Remarks With damper Conn. at end/partition wall b = 1, 2 Conn. top/bottom b = 3, 4, 5 Conn. at rear b=7 Conn. at end wall Conn. at end wall Conn. at top/bottom Conn. at rear bb = 11, 12, 13, 15 bb = 12, 13, 14, 16 bb = bb = 15, 16, 17 bb = 02, 03, 11, 21 bb = 14, 15, 17, 18 bb = 07, 11, 16, 19, 20 bb = 07, 11, 16, 19, 20 bb = 03, 07, 09, 15 bb = 17, 19 bb = 21 bb = 21 b = 1, d = 1, 2 b = 1, d = 6 b=2 b=6 b=2 b=3 b=4 b=7 b=5 5 5 15 15 10 15 15 25 10 15 30 55 50 5 15 50 40 10 15 10 30 45 30 30 50 40 10 15 50 40 25 95 55 65 80 70 50 100 50 85 95 115 155 65 190 305 350 40 Output variant 1 2 3 4 5 Output variant 1 2 Output variant 1 2 Output variant 1 2 3 4 14 Output variant 14 Low temperature version (d = 2) 15 20 30 35 45 10 10 15 30 5 10 20 25 10 5 5 20 20 10 20 20 30 10 20 45 80 70 10 25 65 55 15 20 15 40 65 45 35 65 55 15 20 65 55 30 120 80 75 90 80 60 115 55 95 110 130 175 75 220 365 430 55 20 25 35 50 60 10 10 20 40 5 15 30 35 15 Air flow, m3/s Air flow, m3/h 10 12 36000 43200 14 16 50400 51600 18 20 22 64800 72000 79200 Pressure drop p, Pa 5 5 30 25 15 30 25 45 15 30 60 110 90 15 35 90 75 15 30 15 45 85 60 40 90 75 20 30 90 75 45 155 110 80 105 90 70 130 60 110 125 150 200 85 250 430 500 70 25 30 50 60 80 15 15 25 50 10 20 40 50 20 10 10 40 35 20 40 35 60 20 40 75 140 120 15 45 115 95 20 40 20 55 110 75 50 115 95 25 40 115 95 60 190 140 90 115 100 80 150 65 120 135 165 220 95 285 490 510 35 40 60 75 100 20 15 30 65 10 25 50 60 25 10 10 50 40 25 50 40 75 25 50 95 180 150 20 55 30 50 30 65 95 55 100 130 110 95 160 70 135 150 185 245 105 320 45 45 75 95 120 25 20 40 75 15 30 60 75 30 15 15 60 50 30 60 50 90 30 60 120 220 190 25 70 35 60 35 75 120 65 105 145 120 110 180 75 145 165 205 270 115 355 50 55 90 110 145 30 25 45 90 20 35 70 90 40 15 15 75 60 35 75 60 110 35 75 145 265 230 30 85 40 75 40 85 145 70 120 165 130 130 200 85 160 185 225 290 125 60 65 105 130 170 35 30 50 105 20 40 85 105 50 End connection frame EUVA Connection section (One dampers) EUVB
EUVC
EUVD
b = 1, 2, d = 1, 2 b = 1, 2, d = 6 b=1 b=2 b = 1, d = 1, 2, 7, 8 b = 1, d = 6 b = 1, 2, 3, 7, 8 b=1 b=3
Pleated filter
EUPA
Short bag filter
EUPB
Filter class
Long bag filter
EUPC
Filter class
EUPK EUE(E,V)
30 45 60 90 15
40 60 85 125 20
55 80 105 160 30
65 100 135 200 40
80 120 160 245 55
95 145 190 290 65
115 170 225 340 80
page 76

Pressure drop, Pa
Silencer
EUSA
EUQA
EUKA
Droplet eliminator REGOTERM TURBOTERM EURA EURA Non hygroscopic Hygroscopic Non hygroscopic Hygroscopic Supply air with by-pass damper Exhaust air Supply air with by-pass damper Exhaust air
RECUTERM Plate heat exchanger
EURC
Droplet eliminator ECOTERM EURE Liquid-coupled heat exchanger Normal face area 3 m/s at 16,6 m3/s 4 m/s at 22,1 m3/s Max. face area 3 m/s at 17,6 m3/s 4m/s for 23,5 m3/s ECOTERM BOX EURV Liquid-coupled heat exchanger Normal face area x m/s at x,x m3/s ECONET EURT Liquid-coupled heat exchanger Normal face area 3 m/s at 16,6 m3/s 4 m/s at 22,1 m3/s Max. face area 3 m/s at 17,6 m3/s 4 m/s at 23,5 m3/s 2 mm fin pitch, 8 tube rows x m/s at x,x m3/s 2 mm fin pitch Output variant 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 2 3 4 5 Droplet eliminator Air distributor EULZ-13 Fan size 1 2 3 Pressure drop, p1, for max. face area: p1 = 0,90 x p 2 mm fin pitch Output variant 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Droplet eliminator
90 125 155 185 75 105 130 155 60 80 100 120 15 25 15 15
125 165 205 250 105 140 175 210 85 110 140 165 20 35 20 20
160 215 265 320 135 180 225 270 110 145 180 220 25 45 30 30
200 265 335 400 170 225 285 340 140 185 230 275 35 60 35 35
245 325 405 485 210 275 345 415 175 230 285 340 40 75 45 45
290 385 480 575 250 330 410 495 210 275 345 410 50 95 55 55
340 450 565 675 290 38 485 580 250 325 405 485 60 115 70 70
Flkt Woods
4609 GB 2009.11
76
page 77

Pressure drop, Pa
Unit section Designation Remarks With damper Conn. at end/partition wall b = 1, 2 Conn. top/bottom b = 3, 4, 5 Conn. at rear b=7 Conn. at end wall Conn. at end wall Conn. at top/bottom Conn. at rear bb = 11, 12, 13, 15 bb = 12, 13, 14, 16 bb = bb = 15, 16, 17 bb = 02, 03, 11, 21 bb = 14, 15, 17, 18 bb = 07, 11, 16, 19, 20 bb = 07, 11, 16, 19, 20 bb = 03, 07, 09, 15 bb = 17, 19 bb = 21 bb = 21 b = 1, d = 1, 2 b = 1, d = 6 b=2 b=6 b=2 b=3 b=4 b=7 b=5 5 5 15 15 10 15 15 20 5 15 25 45 60 10 20 50 40 10 15 10 30 45 30 30 50 40 15 15 40 35 25 110 55 65 65 65 40 105 50 80 85 100 145 50 210 355 415 Output variant 1 2 3 4 5 Output variant 1 2 Output variant 1 2 Output variant 1 2 3 4 14 Output variant 14 Low temperature version (d = 2) 15 20 30 35 50 10 5 10 20 10 5 10 20 25 10 20 25 30 10 20 35 65 85 10 30 65 55 10 20 10 40 65 45 35 65 55 20 20 60 45 30 145 80 70 80 70 50 150 55 90 100 120 160 65 250 420 490 40 20 25 40 50 65 10 10 15 30 15 Air flow, m3/s Air flow, m3/h 13,0 15,5 46800 55800 18,0 20,5 64800 73800 23,0 25,5 28,5 82800 91800 100800 Pressure drop p, Pa 5 10 25 30 15 30 30 35 10 25 50 90 110 15 40 80 70 15 30 15 45 85 60 40 85 70 25 30 75 60 40 180 105 75 95 85 60 135 60 100 115 140 185 80 285 490 510 60 30 30 50 65 80 15 15 20 45 20 10 15 30 40 20 35 40 50 15 30 65 120 145 20 55 110 90 20 35 20 55 110 75 45 110 90 30 35 95 80 50 225 135 85 110 95 75 150 65 115 130 160 215 90 325 35 40 65 80 100 20 15 30 55 25 10 20 40 50 25 45 50 60 20 40 80 150 185 25 65 25 45 25 60 95 55 65 270 95 130 105 90 165 70 130 150 180 240 100 360 45 50 75 95 125 25 20 35 70 40 10 25 50 60 30 60 60 75 25 50 100 180 225 30 80 35 60 35 70 115 60 80 325 105 145 115 110 185 75 145 165 205 270 115 50 55 90 115 150 30 25 45 90 50 15 30 60 75 35 70 75 90 30 60 120 220 270 35 100 40 70 40 80 140 70 95 380 120 165 130 135 205 85 165 190 225 295 125 60 65 105 130 175 35 30 55 105 60 End connection frame EUVA Connection section (One dampers) EUVB
EUVC
EUVD
b = 1, 2, d = 1, 2 b = 1, 2, d = 6 b=1 b=2 b = 1, d = 1, 2, 7, 8 b = 1, d = 6 b = 1, 2, 3, 7, 8 b=1 b=3
Pleated filter
EUPA
Short bag filter
EUPB
Filter class
Long bag filter
EUPC
Filter class
EUPK EUE(E,V)
Air heater, el. EUEK Min. air flow (d = 1) 9,3 m3/s (d = 2) x,x m3/s
30 50 65 95 15
45 65 85 130 25
55 85 110 165 30
70 105 135 205 45
85 125 165 250 55
100 145 195 295 70
115 170 230 345 85
page 78

Pressure drop, Pa
Unit section Angle section Designation EUTA Remarks Without silencer With silencer With filter Length b = 2 Length b = 3 Length b = 4 Length b = 5 Aluminium b = 18 b = 58 b = 14 see EUPC 550 mm 900 mm 1300 mm 1700 mm 90% 60% Output variant Output variant 1, 2 3, 4, 5 1, 2 3, 4, 5 10 15 20 25 90 65 95 100 155 165 large cube small cube 65 95 130 160 45 65 85 105 15 15 25 30 35 130 95 110 120 180 200 85 130 170 215 60 90 115 145 25 Air flow, m3/s Air flow, m3/h 13,0 15,5 46800 55800 18,0 20,5 64800 73800 23,0 25,5 28,5 82800 91800 100800 Pressure drop p, Pa 25 30 40 45 170 125 130 140 215 230 110 165 220 275 80 115 150 190 30 30 40 50 60 220 160 145 160 240 265 135 205 275 340 100 145 190 240 45 40 50 65 75 275 200 165 180 270 295 165 250 330 415 120 180 235 290 55 45 65 80 90 185 200 305 330 195 295 390 490 145 215 280 350 70 60 80 95 115 205 225 340 370 230 345 455 570 175 255 335 410 85
Silencer
EUSA
EUQA
EUKA
EURC
Droplet eliminator
95 130 160 195 80 110 135 160 65 85 105 125 15 25 15 20
130 170 215 260 110 145 180 220 90 115 145 175 20 35 25 25
165 220 275 330 140 185 235 280 115 150 190 225 25 45 35 35
205 275 340 410 175 235 290 350 145 190 240 285 35 60 40 45
250 330 415 495 210 280 350 420 180 235 290 350 40 75 55 55
295 390 490 590 250 335 420 500 215 280 350 415 50 90 65 70
345 455 570 685 295 395 490 590 255 335 410 490 60 110 80 85
Flkt Woods
4609 GB 2009.11
78
page 79

Pressure drop, Pa
Unit section Designation Remarks With damper Conn. at end/partition wall b = 1, 2 Conn. at top/bottom b = 3, 4, 5 Conn. at rear b=7 Conn. at end wall Conn. at end wall Conn. at top/bottom Conn. at rear Conn. at partition wall Conn. at end wall Conn. at top/bottom - Supply air Conn. at top/bottom - Exhaust air Recirc. air with perf. sheet Recirc. air with perf. sheet Conn. at side, supply air Conn. at side, exhaust air bb = 11, 12, 13, 15 bb = 12, 13, 14, 16 bb = bb = 15, 16, 17 bb = 02, 03, 11, 21 bb = 14, 15, 17, 18 bb = 07, 11, 16, 19, 20 bb = 07, 11, 16, 19, 20 bb = 03, 07, 09, 15 bb = 17, 19 bb = 21 bb = 21 5 5 15 20 5 15 20 20 5 15 25 50 70 10 25 50 40 10 15 10 30 45 30 30 50 50 15 15 50 40 20 120 55 70 80 75 55 110 55 90 100 120 165 70 215 305 415 45 Output variant 1 2 3 4 5 Output variant 1 2 Output variant 1 2 Output variant 1 2 3 4 14 Output variant 14 Low temperature version (d = 2) 15 20 30 35 45 10 5 15 30 5 5 20 25 10 20 25 30 10 20 35 70 95 15 35 65 55 10 20 10 40 65 40 35 65 55 20 20 65 55 30 160 80 75 95 85 60 120 60 100 115 135 185 75 250 420 495 60 20 25 35 50 60 10 10 20 40 Air flow, m3/s Air flow, m3/h 16 19 57600 68400 22 25 28 31 34 79200 90000 100800 111600 122400 Pressure drop p, Pa 5 5 30 35 15 25 35 40 15 25 50 90 130 20 45 85 70 15 30 15 45 85 55 40 85 70 30 30 85 70 40 200 105 85 110 90 70 135 65 115 125 155 210 85 285 490 510 80 25 30 50 60 80 15 15 25 50 10 10 35 45 15 30 45 50 15 30 65 120 165 25 60 110 90 20 35 20 55 105 75 45 110 90 35 35 110 90 50 250 135 95 120 100 85 150 70 125 140 170 230 95 320 35 35 60 75 95 20 15 30 60 10 10 45 55 20 40 55 60 20 40 80 150 210 30 75 25 45 25 60 90 55 65 300 100 135 110 100 160 75 135 155 190 255 105 360 40 45 70 90 115 25 20 35 75 10 10 55 70 25 50 70 75 25 50 100 185 255 35 95 35 55 35 70 115 60 80 360 110 150 120 115 185 80 150 175 210 275 120 50 55 85 105 140 30 25 45 85 15 15 70 85 30 60 85 90 30 60 120 220 305 40 110 40 70 40 80 135 70 95 420 120 170 130 135 205 85 165 190 230 300 130 60 60 100 125 165 35 30 50 100 End connection frame EUVA Connection section (One dampers) EUVB
EUVC
EUVD
Intake section with damper and grille, vertical vanes b = 1, d = 1, 2 Intake section with damper and grille, horizontal vanes b = 1, d = 6 Intake section with damper b=2 Intake section with damper bottom b=6 Exhaust air section with damper b=2 Exhaust air section with damper and louvres b=3 Exhaust air section with damper and grille b=4 Exhaust air section with damper, bottom b=7 Exhaust air section with louvres b=5 Intake damper with grille, vertical vanes Intake damper with grille, horizontal vanes Damper, side connection Damper, bottom connection Intake damper with grille, vertical vanes Intake damper with grille, horizontal vanes Damper in partition wall Exhaust air damper with louvres Recirc. Air damper with perforated sheet Filter class G2, (G70), cleanable, al G3, (G85), - G4 (G90), cleanable G3, (G85), disposable G3, (G85), - G4 (G90) F5, (F45) G3, (G85) - G4, (G90) F5, (F45) F6, (F65) F7, (F85) F8/F9, (F95) G3, (G85) H10 H12 H13, H14 b = 1, 2, d = 1, 2 b = 1, 2, d = 6 b=1 b=2 b = 1, d = 1, 2, 7, 8 b = 1, d = 6 b = 1, 2, 3, 7, 8 b=1 b=3
Pleated filter
EUPA
Short bag filter
EUPB
Filter class
Long bag filter
EUPC
Filter class
EUPK EUE(E,V)
Air heater, el. EUEK Min. air flow (d = 1) x,x m3/s (d = 2) x,x m3/s
30 45 60 95 15
40 60 85 125 20
55 80 105 160 30
65 95 130 195 40
80 115 155 235 50
95 140 185 280 65
110 160 215 325 80
page 80

Pressure drop, Pa
Silencer
EUSA
EUQA
EUKA
EURC
Droplet eliminator
95 125 155 185 80 105 130 155 60 80 100 120 15 25 25 20
125 165 205 250 105 140 175 210 85 110 140 165 20 35 35 30
160 210 265 315 135 180 220 265 110 145 180 215 25 45 45 40
195 260 325 390 165 220 275 330 140 180 225 270 30 60 55 55
235 315 390 470 200 265 335 400 170 220 275 330 40 75 70 65
280 370 465 555 240 315 395 475 200 265 330 390 50 90 85 85
325 430 540 645 280 370 460 555 235 310 385 460 55 110 105 100
Flkt Woods
4609 GB 2009.11
80
TECHNICAL DATA
EULR fan charts

EULR-/32-3/40-3/41-2/42-1/50-1 10
4000 r/min max 2800 80 82
DIN 24166 Class 1 ,%

80 75 70
2200 2800 2600
15
r/min k 1 .999 .999 .998 .997 .995 .993 .99 .986 .978
The EU fan charts on the pages that follow are applicable to air with a density of 1.2 kg/m3. 1 = Air flow, m3/s (x-axel)
2 3 4 5 6 7
640
3000
2600 2400
5
2400
= Air flow, m3/h (x-axel)
2000
2200 max 2100 2000
= Total pressure rise, pt Pa (y-axel) = Fan speed, r/min = Fan efficiency , % = Sound power level LwA (dB), (dotted) = Fan shaft power, P (kW) = Min. recommended motor rating for direct on-line starting, PM (kW) = Mass moment of inertia J (kg m2)
4
1000
1800
60
2000 1800
1600 1400 1200 40
3
p t ,Pa
500
1600 1400
1000
LwA,dB 80
85
90
95
100
1200
200 100 50 1 3 qv 10000
6 1
5 20000 7 30000 9
1000
11 m 3/s
2
J = 1.00 kgm2
m 3/h
0.5 1 2 P,kW 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2100 2200 2400 2600 20 2800 r/min p d 10 20 20 40 60 80 100 40 100 40 60 60 80 200 80 100 120 300 150 200 160 400 200 300 200 500 250 20 25 30 400 450 Pa 300 Pa 10 1.5 2 P M ,kW
9 10 11
7
10
= Unit size and fan size = Pressure losses to the stadardized outlet duct, pa (Pa) = Pressure losses through distributor section, pb + pd (Pa) = Pressure losses in inlet guide vanes for fans with backward-curved blades pg (Pa) This pressure loss should be added to the external and internal pressure drops before selecting the operating point in the fan chart. = Reduced air flow operation is alowable in the light blue area. = Working range for reinforced fans. = Recomended working range of the fan.
800
25
12
11 12 13 14
pa
p b + pd 40 pg
20
600 700 Pa 300 Pa
13
LwAK = LwA + 2 dB
14 15
= Correction factor for efficiency, k
= LwAK = LwA + 2 dB
Bearing losses are included in the fans power demand and affect efficiency
In fan charts, the fans power demand is defined as he power demand at the fan shaft, which means that its bearing losses are included. The efficiency figures shown on the chart are valid for maximum speed, and are a few percentage points lower than they would be if the bearing losses were ignored. As the speed drops, the fan power falls in proportion to the third power of the speed, while the bearing losses fall only linearly proportionally to the speed. This means that, at lower speeds, the bearing losses become a higher proportion of the total losses while the efficiency beomes correspondingly lower. Fan charts for fans with backward-curved impellers include a scale for k which shows the drop in efficiency at lower speeds. The scale provides high accuracy of determination of k over the normal working range, where the fans power demand at a given speed is largely independent of the air flow
Flkt Woods 4383 GB 2009.11 81
TECHNICAL DATA
EULR fan charts EULR-60-1

3500 3000
DIN 24166 Class 1

r/min 80 max 2100 2000 1800 max 1600 1400 83
r/min k
800
2000
,%
80 75 70 60
2100 2000 1800 1600 1400 1200 1000
1 1 .999 .998 .997 .995 .991 .985 .972
1000
1200 1000 40
p t ,Pa
500
800 LwA,dB 80 85 90 95
100
800 600
200 100 50
3 10000
qv
5 20000
9 30000
11 40000
13 50000
15 m 3 /s m 3 /h
2 P,kW
800 1000 1200 1400
J = 2.70 kgm2 P M ,kW 4
10
10
1600 1800 20 30 35 100 40 100 20 40 80 200 60 80 100 200 140 300 100 180 400 300 Pa
20 30 35 pd pa p b + pd pg 10 10 20 20 50
2000 2100 r/min 50
1000
220 Pa 500 Pa 160 Pa
LwAK = LwA + 2 dB
Flkt Woods 4383 GB 2009.11 82
TECHNICAL DATA
EULR fan charts EULR-60-2/62-1

3500 3000
DIN 24166 Class 1

r/min 80 max 1900 1800 1600 83
,%
80 75 70
r/min k 1900 1800 1 1
900
2000 max 1450 1400
1600
.999
60 1200 1000 1000 800 105 LwA,dB 80 85 90 95 100

800 .992 1000 .995 1400 .999
40
1200
.997
500
200 100 50 2
10 qv 20000 30000 40000 50000 60000
20 m 3 /s 70000 m 3 /h 4 P M ,kW
10000 2 800
J = 5.40 kgm2
1000 P,kW 1200 1400 1450 20 30 40 45 pd 20 10 50 10 LwAK = LwA + 2 dB

Flkt Woods 4383 GB 2009.11 83
10
10
20 30 1800 1900 r/min 40 50
1600
1000
50 20 100 20
100 40 200 40 60 80
200
300
Pa
100 120 140 160 400 100 500 140
300 80
TECHNICAL DATA
EULR fan charts EULR-60-3/62-2/64-1/71-1/80-1

3500 3000 r/min GXHBmax 1660 1600 1500 2000 1400 GXLBmax 1350 1300 1200 1100 1000 1000 900 LwA,dB 80 800 700 600 200 100 4 20000 600 700 800 900 10 1000 1100 20 30 40 45 50 1200 1300 1350 1400 JL = 5.50 kgm2 1500 JH= 7.70 kgm2 1600 1660 pd pa p b + pd pg 10 15 20 20 40 60 40 100 20 30 80 100 60 80 200 40 50 150 200 250 300 20 30 40 50 Pa 10 4 P M ,kW 8 qv 30000 12 40000 50000 16 60000 20 70000 80000 24 m 3/s m 3/h 90 95 100 105 40 85
DIN 24166 Class 1

r/min -korr 1660 1 1600 1
1000
,%
80 70 60
1500 1 1400 .999 1300 .999 1200 .998 1100 .998 1000 .997 900 .996 800 .994 700 .992
p t ,Pa
500
1.5 2 3 P,kW
1200
100 120 140 160 180 200 Pa 300 60 70 400 500 Pa Pa
80 90 100
LwAK = LwA + 2 dB
Flkt Woods 4383 GB 2009.11 84
TECHNICAL DATA
EULR fan charts EULR-62-3/64-2/71-2/73-1/80-2/82-1

3500 3000
DIN 24166 Class 1

r/min GXHBmax 1480 1400 1300 86
r/min -korr
1100
2000
,%
80 70 60
1480 1 1400 1 1300 1 1200 .999 1100 .999 1000 .998 900 .998
GXLBmax 1200 1100 1000
1000
900 800 700 40
800 .997 700 .996
p t ,Pa
500
600 LwA,dB 85 90 95 100 105
600 .994 500 .99
200 100 5 30000 600 700 P,kW 10 20 30 40 50 60 J L= 8.20 kgm2 JH= 11.3 kgm2 800 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1480 r/min 50 20 100 10 100 40 200 30 60 200 80 300 50 400 70 300 120 500 10 qv 15 50000 20 70000 25 90000
30 m 3/s m 3/h 4 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 Pa Pa Pa Pa P M ,kW
2 3
1200
pd pa p b + pd pg
30
LwAK = LwA + 2 dB
Flkt Woods 4383 GB 2009.11 85
TECHNICAL DATA
EULR fan charts EULR-64-3/71-3/73-2/80-3/82-2/84-1

3500 3000
DIN 24166 Class 1

r/min GXHBmax 1360 1300 1200 83
r/min -korr 1360 1 1300 1 1200 1
,%
80 70 60 50 40
1270
2000
1100 GXLBmax 1030 1000 900
1100 .999 1000 .999 900 .999 800 .998 700 .997 600 .996
1000
800 700 LwA,dB 88 600 500 92 96 100 104
p t ,Pa
500
200 100 5 20000 500 600 P M ,kW P,kW 10 20 30 40 60 80 90 700 800 900 1000 1030 1100 JL = 12.3 kgm2 JH= 15.1 kgm2 1200 1300 1360 r/min 50 20 100 10 40 100 60 200 30 80 300 200 120 400 50 10 20 30 40 50 60 80 100 300Pa Pa Pa Pa 15 60000 80000 25 100000 35 m 3/s 120000 m 3/h 4
3 4
qv 40000
1400
pd pa
30
p b + pd 40 pg LwAK = LwA + 2 dB
Flkt Woods 4383 GB 2009.11
86
TECHNICAL DATA
EULR fan charts EULR-73-3/82-3/84-2

4000
DIN 24166 Class 1

r/min max 1285 85 1200 1100
r/min k 1285 1
1250
3000
,%
80
1200 1 1100 1 1000 .999
2000
max 1000 900 800 70 60 50
900 .999 800 .998 700 .998 600 .997
1000
700 600
p t ,Pa
500 500 LwA,dB 85 400 200 100 5 15
90
95
100
105
500 .995 400 .991
20000 2 P,kW 400 500 600 700 800
qv
25 100000
35 140000
45 m 3 /s m 3 /h 4 P M ,kW J B = 32.7 kgm2 10 20 30 40
60000
10 20 30 40 60 80
900 1000 1100 1200 1285 r/min pd 30 50 20 100 40 100 10 60 80 200 30 200 100 300 50 400 500 70 300 400 200 600
60 80 100 Pa Pa Pa Pa
1400
100
pa p b + pd 40 pg
LwAK = LwA + 2 dB
Flkt Woods 4383 GB 2009.11 87
TECHNICAL DATA

4000
DIN 24166 Class 1

r/min max 1145 1100 1000 85
r/min k 1145 1 1 1 1 .999 .999 .998 .997 .995 1100 1000 900
1400
3000
,%
80 70
2000
max 900 800 700
800
60 50 105 100
700 600 500 400
1000 p t ,Pa
600 500
500
400 LwA,dB 85 90 95
200 100 5 15 qv 60000 25 100000 35 140000 45 180000
55 m 3 /s m 3 /h 10 20 30 P M ,kW
20000 2 5 P,kW 10 20 30 40 60 80 100 120 p d 10 pa p b + pd pg 400 500 600 700
J B = 57.3 kgm2
800 900 1000 1100 1145 r/min 30 20 40 10 50 40 100 100 60 80 200 30 200 100 300 50 400 300 400 200 500 70
40 50 60 80 100 130 Pa Pa 600 Pa Pa
1600
LwAK = LwA + 2 dB
Flkt Woods 4383 GB 2009.11 88
TECHNICAL DATA

1800 r/min 850 60 65

70 71 70
900
800
1000
700 60 600 50 40 400
500
500
D p t ,Pa
200 100 2
300
LwA,dB 75 5 qv 300 20000
80 10 30000
85
90
3 10000
15 m 3 /s 40000 50000 J = 3.60 kgm2 m 3 /h 2 4 P M ,kW
1 400 2 500 P,kW 600 700 800 850 r/min
10
10
20 20 22 pd 26
1000
D pa D p b + pd
20 20 40
40
60 40
80
100 120 60 80 300
160 100
200 Pa 120 Pa Pa
100
160 200
400
LwAK = LwA + 2 dB
Flkt Woods
4383 GB 2009.11
89
TECHNICAL DATA

1800 r/min 750 60 65

70 72 70
1000
700 650 1000 600
60 550 500 500 450 400 350 95 200 100 2 10000 0.5 1 2 P,kW 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 r/min J= 6.30 kgm2 2 4 P M ,kW 6 qv 30000 10 40000 14 50000 60000 18 300 250 LwA,dB 75 80 85 90 40 50
D p t ,Pa
20 m 3 /s 70000 m 3 /h
10
10
20 30 35
20 30
1200
D pa
pd
10 20
30
50 40 100 60 150
100 80 200 120 300
200 160 400
240Pa 200 Pa
D p b + pd
LwAK = LwA + 2 dB
500
Pa
Flkt Woods
4383 GB 2009.11
90
TECHNICAL DATA
EULR fan charts EULR-64-2/71-2/80-2

DIN 24166 Class 2
r/min
1800 70
1100
650 600 1000 550 500 450 500 400 350 300 200 100 2 6 20000 0.5 1 2 P,kW 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 r/min 250 200
60
,%
72.5 70
60 50
40
D p t ,Pa
95 LwA,dB 75 10 qv 40000 80 14 85 90 30 m 3 /s m 3 /h
18 60000
22 80000
26 100000 J = 9.85 kgm2
10
10
20 30
20 30 40 45
40 50
1200
D pa
pd
10 10 50
30 20
50 40
100 60 300 80
200 100 400
300 150
Pa Pa Pa
D p b + pd
100
150 200
500 600 700
LwAK = LwA + 2 dB
Flkt Woods 4383 GB 2009.11 91
P M ,kW
CATALOGUE
EULK Plenum fan Fan charts

Symbols used in the fan charts
8 EULK-40-3-(3,5), 41-2-(3,5), 42-1-(3,5) 2600 60 r/min 2140 2038 2000 15 kW- 4 77 11 kW- 4 5 1799 7.5 kW- 4 70 5.5 kW- 4 4 kW- 4 3 kW- 6 50 2.2 kW- 6 1066 500 1.5 kW- 6 ,dB L wA 82 3 p s ,Pa 86 90 94 98 60 75 70 75 % 4
1626
1467 1000 1335 1208
200 6 100 1 m3/s m3/h 5000 7 p 1 , Pa 10 1 2 qv 10000 20 15000 40 20000 60 80 25000 100 2 120 Pa 3 4 5 6 7 8
The fan charts on the pages that follow are applicable to a naked fan and to air with a density of 1.2 kg/m3. An incorporation loss, p1, arises in the EULK unit section when it has been incorporated into the air handling unit.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
= Air flow, m3/s (x-axis) = Static pressure increase, ps Pa (y-axis) = Fan efficiency, % = Max. speed of each motor, kW number of motor poles = Total sound power level LwA (dB), broken line = Incorporation loss p1 Pa, = Unit size and fan size = Reduced air flow operation is alowable in the light blue area. = Air flow, m3/h (x-axis)
Flkt Woods
4381 GB 2009,11
92
CATALOGUE
EULK Plenum fan Fan charts EULK-60-1, 62-1

2200 2000 r/min 1520 58 65
70 75
%
76 15 kW- 4 75
1398
1235
11 kW- 6 70
1000
1117
7.5 kW- 6
1007 917
5.5 kW- 6
60
4 kW- 8 50 3 kW- 8
500 40 L wA ,dB 88 92 96 100
p s ,Pa
200
100 1 2 qv 4 15000 10 20000 20 6 25000 40 8 30000 60 10 35000 80
11 m 3 /s m 3/h Pa
p 1
Flkt Woods
4381 GB 2009,11
93
CATALOGUE
EULK Plenum fan Fan charts EULK-60-2, 62-2

2200 58 2000 r/min 1370 1355 65 70 75 22 kW- 6 76
1265
18.5 kW- 6 1144 15 kW- 6
75
70 1010 1000 7.5 kW- 6 11 kW- 6
60
50 500 40 L wA ,dB 88 92 96 100
p s ,Pa
200
100 2 4 qv 10 6 20000 20 8 30000 40 10 40000 60 80 12
14 m 3 /s 50000 m 3/h Pa
p 1
Flkt Woods
4381 GB 2009,11
94
CATALOGUE
EULK Plenum fan Fan charts EULK-60-3, 64-1, 71-1, 73-1, 80-1
1800 r/min 1150 1142 58 65 70 75
%
1067 22 kW- 6 76
18.5 kW- 6 964 15 kW- 6
75
1000 851 11 kW- 6
70
7.5 kW- 8 60
500
50
L wA ,dB 88
92
96
100
40
p s ,Pa
200
100 2 4 qv 6 20000 10 8 30000 20 10 40000 40 12 14 50000 60
16 m 3 /s m 3/h Pa
p 1
Flkt Woods
4381 GB 2009,11
95
CATALOGUE
EULK Plenum fan Fan charts EULK-62-3-(3,5), 64-2-(3,5), 71-2-(3,5), 73-2-(3,5), 80-2-(3,5), 82-1-(3,5)
Note! Two fans O
65 70 75 1667 2400 57 r/min 1800 2000
15 kW- 4 76
11 kW- 4 1471
75
70 1330 1000 1199 1093 7.5 kW- 4
5.5 kW- 6 60 4 kW- 6 3 kW- 6 50
500
L wA ,dB 88 ps , Pa
92
96
100
200
100 2 4 qv 20000 p1 10 8 30000 20 40000 40 12 50000 60 16 60000 80
18 m 3 /s m 3/h Pa
Flkt Woods
4381 GB 2009,11
96
CATALOGUE
EULK Plenum fan Fan charts EULK-64-4-(3,5), 73-4-(3,5), 82-3-(3,5), 84-2-(3,5)

Note! Two fans
70 75 1398 2200 2000 r/min 1520 58 65
%
76
15 kW- 4 75 1235 11 kW- 6 70 1000 1117 7.5 kW- 6
1007 917
5.5 kW- 6 4 kW- 8 3 kW- 8
60
50
500
40 L wA ,dB 88 p s , Pa 92 96 100
200
100
qv
8 30000 10
12 40000 20 50000 40
16 60000 60
20 70000 80
22 m 3/s m 3/h Pa
p1
Flkt Woods
4381 GB 2009,11
97
CATALOGUE
EULK Plenum fan Fan charts EULK-64-4-(3,5), 73-4-(3,5), 82-3-(3,5), 84-2-(3,5)

Note! Two fans
70 75 22 kW- 6 76 2200 2000 r/min 1370 1355 1265 58
65
18.5 kW- 6 1144 15 kW- 6
75
1000
1010
11 kW- 6
70
7.5 kW- 6
60
50 500 40 L wA ,dB 88 92 96 100
p s , Pa
200
100
8 qv p1 10
12 40000 20
16 60000 40
20 80000 60
24
28 m 3/s 100000 m 3/h 80 Pa
Flkt Woods
4381 GB 2009,11
98
CATALOGUE
EULK Plenum fan Fan charts EULK-84-3-(3,5)

Note! Two fans
70 75 22 kW- 6 76 1800 r/min 1150 1142 1067 58 65
18.5 kW- 6 964 15 kW- 6
75
1000 851
11 kW- 6
70
7.5 kW- 8
60
500
50
L wA ,dB 88
92
96
100
40
p s , Pa
200
100
qv
12 40000 10
16 60000 20
20 80000 40
24
28 100000 60
32 m 3/s m 3/h Pa
p1
Flkt Woods
4381 GB 2009,11
99
EU Air handling unit
CATALOGUE
Descriptive Texts
Introduction
The following descriptive texts are intended for use by consultants, engineers and planners to assist them in the specification of the EU air handling units from Flkt Woods. The texts describe the units in the standard version along with various options such as different materials, capacity variants and extra functions, etc. Accessories of various types are also described under each functional section. Versions that differ from our standard units can be offered after contact with our product sales organisation. The specification should also include input data: a diagrammatic drawing showing the arrangement of the units functional sections in relation to one another. All these details including a detailed dimension print can be obtained from our product selection software for the EU. Since we are constantly involved in improving and renewing our air handling units, we reserve the right to make design changes without prior notice.
Flkt Woods
8015 GB 2009.11
100
CATALOGUE
Descriptive Texts
Unit Design
The air handling unit shall consist of a framework to which panels are secured. The framework shall consist of closed, box-section members made of aluminium-zinc plated steel with a metal thickness of 1.5 mm (1.8 mm on the larger units, EU 60 84). The frame members shall be secured to corner pieces by means of two bolts at each leg. The panels shall be of double-skin design with intervening incombustible mineral wool with a density of 50 or 140 kg/m3. All the panels shall be removable by removing the fixing screws from outside the framework. All the inspection doors shall have mechanically fastened sealing strips. It shall be possible to sectionalize the air handling unit and later reassemble it at the building site. The panels and frame members shall be designed with smooth interior and exterior surfaces without sharp edges and without pockets were dirt can collect. The casing shall have a heat transfer coefficient that conforms to Class CEN T3 and tightness that conforms to CEN A or CEN B Standard. The attenuation of the casing has been tested to EN 188b and ISO 3744-19.
Sheet Insulation metal kg/m3 mm 0,7 0,7 1,0 1,0 50 140 50 140
Octave band to ISO 63 10 12 12 13 125 10 12 12 15 250 19 22 22 23 500 29 29 29 29 1K 31 28 28 31 2K 28 26 26 29 4K 32 27 27 31 8K 33 29 29 33
The air handling unit shall be manufactured in a production facility that has a certified Quality Assurance System defined by ISO 9001 (BS 5750 Section 1) and a certified Environmental Management System defined by ISO 14001 or EMAS. Material in the panels: 0.7 mm thick galvanized sheet steel 1.0 mm thick galvanized sheet steel 1.0 mm thick galvanized sheet steel with polyester-coated surfaces (C4 for external surfaces, C4 for internal surfaces as well if components are selected in stainless version) 0.7 mm thick stainless sheet steel, AISI 304 or ISO 2333 0.7 mm thick stainless sheet steel, AISI 316 or ISO 2343. Material in frame work: 1.5 mm thick aluminium-zinc plated steel profiled sections (EU 11 53) 1.8 mm thick aluminium-zinc plated steel profiled sections (EU 60 84) Stainless steel profiled sections, AISI 304 or ISO 2333 (EU 11 53) 1.8 mm thick epoxy-painted, aluminium-zinc plated steel profiled sections (EU 60 84).
Flkt Woods
8015 GB 2009.11
101
CATALOGUE
Descriptive Texts
Outdoor version
The air handling unit in the outdoor version shall be sealed on the outside of the casing with permanently elastic sealing compound and shall be equipped with a roof and a 150 mm high base frame. The outdoor air intake shall have an air intake grille with vertical labyrinth-shaped vanes that prevent snow and rain from entering the unit with the air. Outlet opening equipped with a cowl and a protective screen. In other respects, this version is the same as the indoor version. Hygienic version (This version is described as a normal indoor version plus extra features.)
The panels shall be made of galvanized sheet steel/stainless sheet steel. The internal joints at the bottom, rear side panel shall be sealed with jointing compound. Special jointing compound requirements? Optional: A drain trough shall be mounted along the inspection side as a simple means of collecting and carrying off washing liquid.
Flkt Woods
8015 GB 2009.11
102
CATALOGUE
Descriptive Texts
Inspection
The inspection sections shall be available for selection where required to enable inspection and service. The coils, heat exchanger, filters and fans shall be withdrawable. The inspection, filter and fan sections shall have inspection doors with adjustable hinges. The doors shall be equipped with lock plates and robust handles. The air handling units, which can be entered, shall have door handles inside and reinforced non-slip floors.
Optional: The inspection sections shall be equipped with a light fitting and the inspection doors with a window. The inspection doors shall be removable, without hinges, with at least 4 handles.
Duct Connections
The inlet and outlet openings shall be equipped with connection frames for PG slip-clamp joints or with flange, or with flexible connection for PG slip-clamp or flange jointing. The fitter shall make sure that the ducts are properly fitted so that the flexible connection will not be deformed in any way.
Dampers
The dampers shall conform to Tightness Class CEN T4 or T5 and have contra-rotating blades made of galvanized or stainless sheet steel. The edges of the damper blades shall be fitted with seals. The damper shafts shall be supported in permanently lubricated bearings.
Mixing Section
The dampers shall conform to Tightness Class CEN T4 or T5 and have contra-rotating blades made of galvanized or stainless sheet steel. The edges of the damper blades shall be fitted with seals. The damper shafts shall be supported in permanently lubricated bearings. The air intake sections shall be equipped with connection frames with flexible connection for PG slipclamp or flanged joints.
Filter Sections
The filter cassettes shall have standard dimensions. The filter cassettes shall be sealed against the mounting rails by means of an eccentric locking device and gaskets with permanent elasticity for tightness that conforms to the relevant filter class. Pressure measurement tappings shall be integrated into the frame member to enable the connection of a manometer or filter pressure monitors. The filter material shall be fire-resistant, incombustible, odourless and environmentally compatible. Accessories: Filter manometer, analogue or digital Filter monitor Differential pressure gauge built into the panel.
Flkt Woods
8015 GB 2009.11
103
CATALOGUE
Descriptive Texts
Panel filters
The filters shall be pleated to obtain a large, effective surface and shall be supported by a wire mesh mat and a sheet metal frame. Washable or disposable filter medium. The filter cassettes shall be withdrawable from the side via an inspection door. Class G2, G3 or G4 filters conforming to EN779 shall be selection options.
Bag filter, medium long
The filter shall be 360 mm deep, made of synthetic material or a compact filter. Class F3, F4 or F5 filters conforming to EN779 shall be selection options. Optional: The filter sections shall be equipped with a trough.
Bag filters, long

The filters shall be 550 630 mm deep made of synthetic material or of glass fibre. Class G3, G4 or F5, F6, F7, F8, F9 filters conforming to EN779 shall be selection options. Optional: The filter sections shall be equipped with a trough.
Absolute filters
The filter sections shall consist of a fully-welded stainless filter wall mounted between two modules designed to make air leakage past the filters impossible. The filter section shall be a separate module with an inspection door upstream of the filter, to enable filter changes from the fouled side of the filter medium. An inspection section with door shall be situated downstream of the filter. The filter shall be 300 mm deep and shall be of Camfil manufacture. Class H10, H12, H13, H14. H13 and H14 filters conforming to EN779 shall be selection options and H14 shall be scanned.
Carbon filters
The carbon filters for activated carbon shall be of cylinder type for connection to a mounting plate by means of a bayonet fitting.
Flkt Woods
8015 GB 2009.11
104
CATALOGUE
Descriptive Texts
Air heaters, for hot water
The air heating coils shall be fabricated of copper tubes that have been expanded against aluminium fins. The headers are made of copper or corrosion-resistant steel. Assembly parts are made of galvanized/stainless sheet steel. The coil body shall be mounted on slide rails to be withdrawable. The coil connections shall protrude out through the side panel of the air handling unit and shall be adequately sealed to prevent air leakage. The coil shall be equipped with connections for venting or drainage. All connections shall be labelled with out/in labels.
Electric air heaters

Electric air heaters for 3 x 230 V or 3 x 400 V. The heating elements shall be of high/low temperature type and shall be equipped with overheat protection. The air heater shall not contain asbestos. The air heater output shall be broken down into a number or power steps so that each of them will not change the outlet temperature more than 1.5 degrees. The air heater shall have degree of protection IP43 to IEC 529.
Air coolers, for chilled water

The air cooling coils shall be fabricated of copper tubes that have been expanded against aluminium fins. The headers are made of copper or corrosion-resistant steel. Assembly parts are made of galvanized/stainless sheet steel. The coil shall stand on a sloping, stainless drip tray with drain connection on the inspection side of the air handling unit. The drip tray shall prevent condensate from remaining in the air handling unit and shall prevent condensate from spreading further in the air handling unit. The fitter shall see to it that the condensate discharge pipework is connected across a water trap and run to a floor gulley. Air coolers having a height of more than 1200 mm shall be equipped with a sloping intermediate tray made of stainless steel. The coils connections shall protrude out through the side panel of the air handling unit and shall be effectively sealed against the inner and outer casing skins to prevent leakage. The coil shall be equipped with connections for venting or drainage. All connections shall be labelled with out/in labels. Optional: Droplet eliminator made of plastic, fixed or withdrawable. The drip tray shall be withdrawable. Accessory: Water trap
Flkt Woods
8015 GB 2009.11
105
CATALOGUE
Descriptive Texts
Air coolers, direct expansion (dx)
The air cooling coils shall be fabricated of copper tubes that have been expanded against aluminium fins. The headers and distributor tubes are made of copper or corrosion-resistant steel. Assembly parts are made of galvanized/stainless sheet steel. The coil body shall be mounted on slide rails to be withdrawable. The coil shall stand on a sloping, stainless drip tray with drain connection on the outside of the air handling unit. The drip tray shall prevent condensate from remaining in the air handling unit and prevent condensate from spreading further in the air handling unit. The fitter shall see to it that the condensate discharge pipework is connected across a water trap and run to a floor gulley. The coils shall be hydrostatically tested, dried and filled with nitrogen. The connections shall be sealed off by brazing. All connections shall be labelled with out/in labels. Accessory: Water trap
Air cooler (incl. compressors, evaporators and condensers)
The cooling unit shall be a complete functional section ready to be connected to the air handling unit. Supply air / extract air shall be in the bottom / top deck. The supply air shall be cooled by an air cooler, which transfers heat to the condenser in the extract air. The cooling unit shall be controlled by a 0 10 V external control signal. The cooling unit shall be equipped with an operating thermostat, which in the event of a temporary extreme cooling load, stops one compressor to prevent a shut down yet enables the unit to generate 2/3 of its cooling capacity. The operating thermostat shall reset itself automatically. Optional: Water-cooled condenser. Shall be used when the extract air flow is too low for the air-cooled condenser only and/or in the event of extremely high outdoor air temperature conditions.
Humidifier, evaporative
The air humidifier shall consist of an unheated fill, PLUSFILL of corrugated, hygroscopic aluminium fins. A corrosion-resistant distribution system complete with pump shall be included. The water tray is made of stainless sheet steel and shall slop towards the drain connection to facilitate cleaning and to prevent water from remaining in the tray during periods when the humidifier is not being used. The water bleed-off system shall minimise both water consumption and the concentration of salts. The humidifier shall be equipped with a control unit that automatically empties the drip tray if the unit is not used during a longer period and enables adjustment of the intervals between emptying. The humidifier shall be equipped with an extra outlet to enable the tray to be emptied regularly. The humidifier shall have a droplet eliminator that prevents droplet entrainment by the air to other sections in the air handling unit. Optional: The humidifier shall be supplied for once-through water. Accessory: Water trap
Humidifier, steam
The humidification part shall contain a stainless drip tray and shall have provision for subsequent installation of a humidifier steam lance at the building site.
Flkt Woods
8015 GB 2009.11
106
CATALOGUE
Descriptive Texts
Rotary heat exchanger, REGOTERM
The rotary heat exchanger shall be installed in the same type of casing as the other air handling unit sections. This functional section may, however, be wider than the other sections of the air handling unit. The rotor shall be made of thin aluminium foil. The heat exchanger shall be mounted in a stable casing with an inspection door equipped with a door lock. The rotor shall have a water-resistant, adjustable seal that prevents peripheral air leakage. The bearings shall be of permanently lubricated type. The rotor shall be driven by a variable/constant speed drive motor. A speed detection unit shall be included for regulating the speed of the rotor. The rotary heat exchanger shall be designed for sensible heat transfer only and be of non-hygroscopic type or the rotary heat exchanger shall be designed for both sensible and latent heat transfer and be of hygroscopic type. Optional: The edges of the rotor foil shall be corrosion resistant, i.e. have so-called edge reinforcement.
Plate heat exchanger, RECUTERM
Heat exchanger of cross-flow type made of thin aluminium plates. It shall be equipped with a by-pass damper. The heat exchanger shall have a stainless drip tray on both the supply air and extract air side. If the extract air flows downward through the cube, a droplet eliminator must be fitted downstream of the cube. The casing shall have inspection covers. The heat exchanger shall have sectionalised defrosting or defrosting according to the cold corner principle.
Liquid-coupled heat exchangers, ECOTERM
The heat exchangers shall consist of finned-tube coils arranged in the supply and extract air handling units respectively. The coil on the supply air side corresponds to the description of the heating coils for hot water and the coil on the extract air side corresponds to the description of the cooling coils for chilled water. The plumbing work, pumps and control unit are neither supplied nor installed by Flkt Woods.
Liquid-coupled heat exchangers, external energy, ECONET
The heat exchangers shall consist of finned-tube coils arranged in the supply and extract air handling units respectively. The coils correspond to the description of the cooling coils for chilled water. The liquid circuit shall have connections for externally supplied energy: heating/cooling energy. A pump unit including pipe fittings and a frequency inverter for controlling the speed of the pump motor shall be supplied for the liquid circuit. A control unit shall be included in the supply for the liquid circuit control function. The controller in the control unit cubicle shall be equipped with software that optimises the circulation flow in the circuit for every operating condition as well as performance monitoring and frost protection. The pressure and temperature sensors required for the control function shall be included. The liquid circuit shall include tappings for measuring the circulation flow rate. Gauges for measuring the temperature and pump pressure shall be included. Adjustments/commissioning at the installation site shall be included. Plumbing work and electrical installation between the components of the heat exchanger are not included in Fan Woods supply.
Flkt Woods 8015 GB 2009.11 107
CATALOGUE
Descriptive Texts
Belt-driven centrifugal fans
The fans shall be of belt-driven design with spiral casing and have fan impellers with forward- curved/backward-curved blades. The base beams of the fan unit shall be effectively isolated from the air handling unit casing by means of anti-vibration mountings and a flexible connection.
Recommendation: Fans with forward-curved blades, for smaller air handling units and if optimal fan-power efficiency is not vitally important. Fans with backward-curved blades, if optimal fan-power efficiency is paramount. The air intake of the fans shall be via the cross section / rear / roof / bottom of the unit casing. The fan outlet shall be arranged forward / upward / downward.
The fan material shall be galvanized sheet steel / stainless sheet steel (fan casing, impeller, belt guard have an epoxy painted finish) Optional: frequency inverter adjustable guide vanes air flow measurement spark-proof version with single-speed motor/two-speed motor (1:2, 1:1.5)/two single-speed motors bimetallic/thermistor type temperature monitor in motor belt drive with V belt/flat belt belt drive guard/protective screen behind door light fitting motor and belt drive, internal/external Anti-vibration mountings, rubber mountings/steel springs.
Direct-driven axial-flow fans
Direct-driven axial-flow fans with the impeller mounted directly on the motor shaft. The impeller shall have blades that are adjustable while the fan is operating to meet the pressure needs of the system. The fan shall have stable pressure / flow characteristics to eliminate risk of surging. Are selected for plants in which low vibration levels and large air flows are required. The fan inlet and outlet via the air handling unit cross section. The fan material shall be galvanized sheet steel / stainless sheet steel (epoxy-painted fan). Alternatives: - number of blades / hub diameter / blade angle for optimizing the fan for every need - 4-pole / 6-pole foot motor - pneumatic / electro-mechanical control.
Flkt Woods
8015 GB 2009.11
108
CATALOGUE
Descriptive Texts
Direct-driven plenum fans
The fans shall be direct-driven, single-inlet centrifugal fans without spiral casing, so-called plenum fans. The impeller shall have backward-curved blades and shall be mounted directly on the shaft of a single-speed motor. The fan shall be isolated from the air handling unit casing by means of anti-vibration mountings and a flexible connection. Recommendation: The lack of spiral casing makes the fan impeller easily accessible for cleaning. The plenum fan is therefore specially well-suited for use in hygienic applications and in applications in which low vibration levels are required. The fan shall always be combined with frequency inverter so that the fan speed can be adjusted to meet the pressure needs of the system. The fan inlet via air handling unit cross section. The fan outlet shall be arranged forward / upward / towards the rear of the unit.
The fan material shall be galvanized sheet steel / stainless sheet steel (epoxy-painted fan stand and fan impellers). Optional: bimetallic/thermistor type temperature monitor in motor radial diffuser (for improving the efficiency) air flow measurement anti-vibration mountings, rubber mountings/steel springs.
Silencers
The silencers shall be fabricated in the same type of casing as the other air handling unit sections and contain vertical sound baffle elements. The sound-absorbing material shall be covered by woven fabric, dry/wet cleanable, which prevents fibres from migrating from the baffle elements. The insulating material shall be incombustible. Optional: The baffles shall be withdrawable.
Base frame
The base frame shall be made of robust galvanized sheet steel, 150/300 mm high, and by secured to the air handling unit at the factory Or the base frame shall be delivered separately broken down into small parts to be assembled at the building site. Optional: The base frame shall be equipped with adjustable feet.
Flkt Woods
8015 GB 2009.11
109
CATALOGUE
Descriptive Texts
Accessories
The coils shall be equipped with flanges/counter-flanges Spare filters are supplied with the unit Spare belts for the belt drive are supplied with the unit.
Manufacture
The air handling unit shall be of type EU manufactured and designed by Flkt Woods AB, Jnkping, Sweden.
Flkt Woods
8015 GB 2009.11
110
page 111
Dimensions and weights

Contents Page Unit casing ................................................................................112 Stacked units ............................................................................113 Inspection door ..........................................................................114 Jointing frame between modules of different size EUVH..................................................................................115 Base frame EUAZ-04 ................................................................116 Roof EUBZ-01 ............................................................................117 End connection frame EUVA ........................................................118 Intake air section EUVB ..............................................................119 Mixing section EUVC ................................................................120 Mixing and exhaust air section EUVD ..........................................122 Intake / exhaust section EUVE (Outdoor unit) ................................125 Mixing section EUVF (Outdoor unit )..............................................126 Mixing and exhaust air section EUVG (Outdoor unit) ......................127 Filter section EUP(A,B,C) ............................................................128 Absolute filter EUPF ..................................................................129 Carbon filter EUPK ....................................................................130 Air heater for hot water EUEE ....................................................131 Air heater for hot water EUEV .................................................... 131 Frost coil EUEG ........................................................................132 Air heater, electric EUEK ............................................................133 Air heater for steam EUES ..........................................................135 Air cooler for chilled water EUNN ................................................136 Air cooler for evaporative refrigerant EUNP ..................................141 Radial fan EULR..........................................................................145 Plenum fan EULK ......................................................................147 Evaporative humidifier EUQA ......................................................148 Section for steam humidifier EUQB ..............................................248 Silencer EUSA ..........................................................................149 Frost protection screen EUTE ....................................................151 Rotary heat exchanger EURA REGOTERM ..................................152 Liquid-coupled heat exchanger EURF ECOTERM ..........................153 Liquid-coupled heat exchanger EURT ECONET ............................157 Accessories ..............................................................................158
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
111
page 112
Dimensions and weights, size 60 84

Unit casing
PANEL LENGTH
MODULE LENGTH CASING BLOCK LENGTH (bbb)

1)
Possible casing lenghts
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
112
page 113

Stacked units
Size 60-64 71-73 80-84 H 4100 4700 5300 A 150
A Door
150 or more
Note: Suitable provision must be made to provide safe working conditions during servicing. Remember that the upper unit will be well above the normal reach of most people!
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
113
page 114

Inspection door
Size 60 84 Standard Pressure ver
Amax = 700 for size 71-84
Size
Length A
Door D Door E
Dimensions D, E designed for EUTC Standard inspection door, size 60 84
Inward opening inspection door size 60 84. For empty section EUTC
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
114
page 115

Jointing frame between modules of different size EUVH Fitted to the larger block
c = tak c = 1, 1, top
300 376
c =c =tak top 1, 1, c = 3, left c = 3, vnster c = 3, left c = 3, vnster
376 B
C A C
C A
C A
Size 6051 6253 6453
Size 6453
2, bottom cc==2, botten

B B
c c = 2, bottom = 2, botten c c = 4, right = 4, hger

B B
376
c c = 4, right = 4, hger
300
376
C A
A C C
A C
Size 6051 6253 6453 Size aa bb 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 51 53 53 62 64 71 73
Size 6453
A 2004 2604 2604 2650 3250 2650 3250
B 1674 1674 1674 2050 2050 2350 2350
C 23 23 323
Q1 14 18 47 24 30 24 30
Weight, kg Q2 4 4 8 4 5 4 5
Size aa bb 62 64 64 73 82 84 60 53 62 71 80 82
A 2050 2604 2650 2650 2650 3250
B 2050 1674 2050 2350 2650 2650
C 600 623 600 600 600 750
Q1 30 54 30 34 39 46
Weight, kg Q2 6 13 6 8 9 11
Q1 Weight, kg for 1 mm steel sheet and standard insulation. Q2 Additional weight for casing with insulation (140 kg/m3).
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
115
page 116

Base frame EUAZ-04
Cross-beams only sizes 64, 73, 82, 84
150
L(bbb)
30
120 Unit width Unit width
Length, L Code suffix (ccc) Weight, kg
350 035 8
450 045 10 1200 120 27 1850 185 41 2500 250 62 3150 315 76 3800 380 91 4450 445 112 5100 510 126 5750 575 141
550 055 12 1250 125 28 1900 190 42 2550 255 63 3200 320 77 3850 385 92 4500 450 113 5150 515 128 5800 580 142
650 065 14 1300 130 29 1950 195 43 2600 260 64 3250 325 79 3900 390 93 4550 455 114 5200 520 129 5850 585 143
700 070 16 1350 135 30 2000 200 44 2650 265 65 3300 330 80 3950 395 94 4600 460 115 5250 525 130 5900 590 144
750 075 17 1400 140 31 2050 205 45 2700 270 66 3350 335 81 4000 400 95 4650 465 116 5300 530 131 5950 595 145
800 080 18 1450 145 32 2100 210 46 2750 275 67 3400 340 82 4050 405 96 4700 470 118 5350 535 132 6000 600 146
850 085 19 1500 150 33 2150 215 54 2800 280 68 3450 345 83 4100 410 97 4750 475 119 5400 540 133
900 090 20 1550 155 34 2200 220 55 2850 285 69 3500 350 84 4150 415 98 4800 480 120 5450 545 134
950 095 21 1600 160 35 2250 225 56 2900 290 71 3550 355 85 4200 420 99 4850 485 121 5500 550 135
1000 100 22 1650 165 36 2300 230 57 2950 295 72 3600 360 86 4250 425 108 4900 490 122 5550 555 136
1050 105 23 1700 170 37 2350 235 58 3000 300 73 3650 365 88 4300 430 109 4950 495 123 5600 560 137
1100 110 24 1750 175 38 2400 240 59 3050 305 74 3700 370 89 4350 435 110 5000 500 124 5650 565 138
Length, L 1150 Code suffix (ccc) 115 Weight, kg 26 Length, L 1800 Code suffix (ccc) 180 Weight, kg 40 Length, L 2450 Code suffix (ccc) 245 Weight, kg 61 Length, L 3100 Code suffix (ccc) 310 Weight, kg 75 Length, L 3750 Code suffix (ccc) 375 Weight, kg 90 Length, L 4400 Code suffix (ccc) 440 Weight, kg 111 Length, L 5050 Code suffix (ccc) 505 Weight, kg 125 Length, L 5700 Code suffix (ccc) 570 Weight, kg 140
Additional weight for cross beams Size 60 62,71,80 64,73,82 Weight, kg 30 Max. Length, 600 300 Code suffix (ccc)
84 38
116
page 117

Roof EUBZ-01
60
30
20
L(ccc)
20
30 Unit width Unit width
Weight, kg Length, L Code suffix (ccc) 035 045 055 065 070 075 080 085 090 095 100 105 110 115 120 125 130 135 140 145 150 155 160 165 170 175 180 185 190 195 200 205 210 215 220 225 230 Size 60 25 27 30 32 34 35 37 38 40 41 42 43 45 46 47 48 50 51 52 53 55 57 59 60 61 62 64 65 66 67 69 70 72 73 74 76 78 62 71 80 30 33 36 39 41 42 46 47 49 50 52 53 55 56 58 59 61 62 64 65 67 69 71 72 74 75 77 78 80 81 83 84 86 87 89 90 92
1) Length, L Code suffix (ccc) 235 240 245 250 255 260 265 270 275 280 285 290 295 300 305 310 315 320 325 330 335 340 345 350 355 360 365 370 375 380 385 390 395 400 405 410 415
Weight, kg
1) Length, L Code suffix (ccc) 420 425 430 435 440 445 450 455 460 465 470 475 480 485 490 495 500 505 510 515 520 525 530 535 540 545 550 555 560 565 570 575 580 585 590 595 600
Weight, kg
1)
64 73 82 36 40 43 46 48 50 54 56 58 59 61 62 64 66 68 69 71 73 75 76 78 80 84 86 88 89 91 93 95 96 98 100 102 103 105 107 109
84 44 48 52 56 58 60 65 67 69 71 73 74 77 79 81 83 85 87 90 92 94 96 100 102 104 106 108 110 113 115 117 119 121 123 125 127 132
60 79 81 82 83 85 86 87 88 89 91 92 93 94 96 98 100 101 102 103 105 106 107 108 110 111 112 113 115 117 119 120 121 122 124 126 130 133
Size 62 64 71 73 80 82 93 110 95 112 96 113 98 115 99 117 101 119 102 120 104 122 106 124 109 126 110 128 112 131 113 133 115 135 117 137 120 141 121 142 123 144 124 146 126 148 127 149 129 151 130 153 131 155 133 156 135 158 136 160 138 162 140 164 143 167 144 169 146 171 147 172 149 174 152 178 156 183 159 185
84 134 136 138 140 142 144 146 148 150 152 154 156 158 160 162 167 169 171 173 175 177 179 181 183 185 187 189 191 193 198 200 202 204 206 208 216 218
60 135 136 138 139 140 141 143 144 146 147 148 149 151 152 154 155 156 157 159 160 162 163 164 166 168 169 170 171 172 173 175 176 177 178 180 181 183
Size 62 64 71 73 80 82 161 187 162 189 164 191 165 192 167 194 169 196 171 198 172 200 174 203 175 205 177 207 178 209 180 211 181 212 183 214 184 216 186 218 188 220 190 222 191 224 193 226 194 228 196 231 198 233 200 235 201 237 202 239 203 240 205 242 206 244 208 246 210 248 212 250 213 251 215 253 216 255 218 257
84 220 222 225 227 229 231 233 235 240 242 244 246 248 250 253 255 257 259 261 263 265 268 272 274 276 278 281 283 285 287 289 291 293 295 298 300 302
1) Weight for 1 mm sheet 0,7 mm stainless = x 0,7.

= To be assembled on site
117
page 118

End connection frame EUVA
PG: 240 Flange: 215 220

C D
E L= 0
b=0 b=0 Length L = 0
75
L= 0
75
L= 0
75
bb = 7 =7
b= 6 b = 11 6
Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
C 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 300
D 1600 2200 2800 2200 2800 2200 2800 3400
E 225 225 225 275 275 325 325 325
F 1600 1600 1600 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000
G 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
Damper 1600 x 1600 x 1000 x 1600 x 1300 x 1600 x 1000 x 1800 x 1300 x 1800 x 1000 x 2000 x 1300 x 2000 x 1600 x 2000
b=0 25 40 40 60 75 80 85 105
Weight, kg b = 16 80 115 135 145 180 175 205 255
b=7 75 105 120 130 170 160 185 230
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Note: Sizes 6284 have two dampers mounted side by side.
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
118
page 119

Intake air section EUVB
Size
Wgt.
Wgt.
Wgt.
Wgt.
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
119
page 120

Mixing section EUVC
SIZE 60-84
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2008.02
120
page 121

Mixing section EUVC
Size
Weight
Weight
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
121
page 122

Mixing and exhaust air section EUVD
Flkt Woods Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2008.02 4377 GB 2009.11
122 122
Specifications are subject to alteration without notice Specifications are subject to alteration without notice
page 123

Mixing and exhaust air section EUVD (cont.)
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
123
page 124
Dimensions and weights, size 6084

Mixing and exhaust air section EUVD
Flkt Woods Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2008.02 4377 GB 2009.11
124 124
Specifications are subject to alteration without notice Specifications are subject to alteration without notice
page 125

Intake/exhaust section EUVE (Outdoor unit)
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
125
page 126

Mixing section EUVF (Outdoor unit)
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2008.02
126
page 127

Mixing and exhaust air section EUVG (Outdoor unit)
(Left) (Right)
(Right) (Left)
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
127
page 128

Filter section EUP(A,C)
EUPA
EUPC
d=0 f=1 Without Without Prefilter prefilter
EUPC
d=1 f=1 With prefilter With Prefilter
EUPC
d = 0 f = 4, 5 Without Without Prefilter prefilter
EUPC
d=1 f=4 With prefilter With Prefilter
650
750
750
650
650
650
650
1300
1300
Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
Weight, kg 175 205 250 235 275 250 290 330
Weight, kg 195 230 260 255 290 270 305 350
Weight, kg 220 260 300 295 335 310 350 410
Weight, kg e=1 305 355 395 385 435 405 460 520
Weight, kg e=1 330 385 435 425 480 445 510 580
EUPA
EUPC f=1
EUPC f = 4, (positive pressure) f = 5, (negative pressure), d = 0
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
128
page 129

Absolute filter EUPF
length length length
Pos. pressure Size Wgt., kg Wgt., kg Wgt., kg Wgt., kg Length D
Neg. pressure
Filter set Weight, kg
Length D
Size bb
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
129
page 130

Carbon filter EUPK Size 60 84
Size Weight, kg Weight, kg
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2008.02
130
page 131

Air heater EUE(E,V) (e = 2) Size 6064 (b = 14, d = 1), Size 6073 (b = 5, d = 1)
Conn. (1/4" BSP) BSP) female Ansl. nr.No. (1/4inv. rrgnga pipe thread Connections have male threads. See accessories for details of flanges. Connection tolerance is 4 mm.
200
200
C 350
D 350
Single coil version shown.
Right-hand connection
Left-hand connection
Size
Size 60 84 (d = 2) Size 80 84 (b = 5)
Ansl. No. (1/4 inv. rrgnga Conn. nr. (1/4" BSP)BSP) female pipe thread
60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
Weight, kg Cu/Al Output variant 1, 2 3, 4 5 170 205 235 235 250 295 235 295 350 215 265 315 250 310 375 235 295 355 270 350 420 320 415 505
Weight, kg Cu/Cu Output variant 1, 2 3, 4 5 205 275 340 250 340 425 300 410 510 270 370 465 315 440 555 300 420 535 355 500 640 420 600 775
200
200
Output variant 1, 2 Size C 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 D Volume, L 68 19 68 23 68 27 68 26 68 30 68 32 68 37 68 43 One coil E Nom. pipe 925 50 925 50 925 50 1075 50 1075 50 1225 50 1225 50 1225 50 E 525 525 525 625 625 675 675 675 Splitted coil F Nom. pipe 605 50 605 50 605 50 705 50 705 50 905 50 905 50 905 50
200
200
C 350
D 350
Right-hand connection side
Left-hand connection side
60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
Output variant 3, 4 Size C EUEE 60 EUEV 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84

Flkt Woods
Output variant 5 Splitted coil E F Nom. pipe Size 525 605 50 525 605 50 525 605 50 525 605 50 625 705 50 625 705 50 675 905 80 675 905 80 675 905 80 Volume, L 42 52 63 75 71 84 88 104 125 One coil Nom. pipe F Size 80 80 80 80 80 80 900 2 x 80 900 2 x 80 900 2 x 80 Splitted coil E F Nom. pipe Size 525 605 50 525 605 80 525 605 80 525 605 80 625 705 80 625 705 80 675 905 80 675 905 80 675 905 80
130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130
Volume, L 31 41 38 46 54 63 66 77 90
D 68 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94
One coil E Nom. pipe Size 925 50 925 80 925 80 925 80 1075 80 1075 80 1225 80 1225 80 1225 80
D 68 68 68 68 68 68 94 94 94
C 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130
D 94 94 94 95 94 94 94 94 94
E 925 925 925 925 1075 1075 675 675 675
D 68 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94
4377 GB 2009.11
131
page 132

Frost coil EUEG
Conn. No. 8 (1/4" BSP) inv. rrgnga thread Ansl. nr 8 (1/4 BSP) female pipe
C D L
D C L
Right-hand connection side Left Left-hand connection side Right hand connection side hand connection side
Connections have male threads. See accessories for details of flanges. Connection tolerance is 4 mm.
Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
L 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250
Weight, kg bb = 00 bb = 0104 100 120 130 130 150 150 160 185 125 145 165 160 190 185 205 240
bb = 01, 04 bb = 02, 03 C D C D 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 105 68 68 68 68 68 68 68 68
E 925 925 925 1075 1075 1225 1225 1225
F 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200
Volume, Nom L pipe size 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 21 26 30 29 34 34 40 47
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2008.02
132
page 133

Air heater electric EUEK (low temp.) Right-hand connetion side Left-hand connetion side
Output variant
Size
Output variant
Capacity
Capacity steps, kw
Face area
Min. airflow lowtemp.
Size
Weight, kg
Output variant
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
133
page 134

Air heater electric EUEK (high temp.)
Right hand conn. side Right-hand connection Right-hand Left hand conn. side Left-hand connection Left-hand
connetion side
connetion side
d=2
A L
A L
Size
Output variant
Capacity
Capacity step, kw
Face area
Min. airflow lowtemp.
Weight, kg
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
134
page 135

Air heater for steam EUES
D F
D F F
C 125
C 125
200 450 Output variant 2
250 Output variant 1
Right- or left-hand connection side.
C Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
1)
D
Output variant
Nom. pipe size 2 1675 1675 1675 1940 1940 2275 2245 2245 E 80 80 80 80 80 80 100 100 F 50 50 50 50 50 50 80 80
1)
Output variant
1 180 180 180 197 197 180 195 195
2 180 180 180 197 197 180 195 195
1 1675 1675 1675 1940 1940 2275 2245 2245
Weight, kg with Fe/A Output variant 1 2
200 245 290 270 315 295 350 410
385 475 565 520 615 580 695 820
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
135
page 136

Air cooler for chilled water EUNN Normal coupling d = 13 Short coupling d = 68
Right-hand connection side Conn. 50, 80 130 D Conn. 2 x 80 130 D Left-hand connection side Conn. 50, 80 D 130 Conn. 2 x 80 D 130
1)
1)
1)
1)
200 200 F 200 E E 50 2) = L = = L 2) = = L 50 2) = E 200
200 F 200 E 50 2) = L = 50
Normal face area c = 1, 3
1) Conn. No. 8 (1/4 BSP) female pipe thread. 2) 32 mm o.d. drain plain stainless steel pipe. Dimensions, see next page.
Max. face areac = 2, 4
150
Flkt Woods 4377 GB 2009.11 136
page 137

Air cooler for chilled water EUNN (cont.) Normal coupling d = 13 Short coupling d = 68
Output variant 2 3 4 6 L 550 550 550 650
Output variant 2
Size Normal coupling d = 13 Conn. D 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84 50 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 68 68 94 94 94 94 94 94 Output variant 2 Short coupling d = 68 Conn. D E 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 939 939 939 1072 1072 1239 1239 1239 Wgt, kg F Volume, L 35 44 64 50 74 58 86 100 Cu/Al 330 410 490 470 560 520 620 740
Output variant 3
Size Normal coupling d = 13 Conn. E F 80 939 80 939 2 x 80 489 700 80 1072 2 x 80 555 833 80 1239 2 x 80 639 1000 2 x 80 639 1000 Output variant 3 Short coupling d = 68 Conn D E 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 Wgt, kg F Volume, L 60 73 86 70 98 82 114 136 Cu/Al 370 460 550 530 630 590 710 850
60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
489 700 489 700 489 700 555 833 555 833 639 1000 639 1000 639 1000
Output variant 4
Size Normal coupling d = 13 Conn. E F 80 939 80 939 2 x 80 489 700 80 1072 2 x 80 555 833 80 1239 2 x 80 639 1000 2 x 80 639 1000 Output variant 4 Short coupling d = 68 Conn. D E 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 Wgt, kg F Volume, L 73 90 108 104 122 120 144 172 Cu/Al 410 510 610 590 710 660 790 950
Output variant 6
Size Normal coupling d = 13 Conn. E F 80 939 80 939 2 x 80 489 700 80 1072 2 x 80 555 833 80 1239 2 x 80 639 1000 2 x 80 639 1000 Output variant 6 Short coupling d = 68 Conn. D E 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 2 x 80 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 Wgt, kg F Volume Cu/Al L 99 510 125 640 151 770 142 750 172 900 166 830 200 1010 244 1210
60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
101 489 700 101 489 700 101 489 700 101 1072 833 101 555 833 101 1239 1000 101 639 1000 101 639 1000
60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
489 700 489 700 489 700 555 833 555 833 639 1000 639 1000 639 1000
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2008.02
137
page 138

Air cooler for chilled water EUNN with split coil Normal coupling d = 13 Short coupling d = 68
Size 6084 Right-hand connection side 130 D 1) Left-hand connection side D 130 1)
200 F 200 E 50 2) = =
200 F 200 E 50 2) = =
150 1) Conn. No. 8 (1/4 BSP) female pipe thread 2) 32 mm o.d. drain plain stainless steel pipe.
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
138
page 139

Size 6084
Output variant 2
Size Normal coupling d = 13 Conn. D 50 50 50 50 80 50 80 80 68 68 68 68 94 68 94 94 Output variant 2 Short coupling d = 68 Conn. D E 50 50 50 80 80 80 80 80 68 68 68 94 94 94 94 94 489 489 489 556 556 639 639 639 Weight, kg F 704 704 704 837 837 1004 1004 1004 Volume, ee = 01, 04 ee = 02, 03 L Cu/Al Cu/Cu 35 330 455 44 410 575 64 490 690 50 470 665 74 560 800 58 520 740 86 620 890 100 740 1065
60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
Outputvariant 2 3 4 6
L 550 550 550 650
Output variant 3
60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
Connections have male threads. See accessories for details of flanges. Connection tolerance is 4 mm. Output variants 4 and 6, see next page.
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2008.02
139
page 140

Output variant 4
60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
Output variant 6
60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
140
page 141

Air cooler for evaporative refrigerant EUNP with spilt coil
Size 6080 c = 3, 4 g = 0, 1 f = 1 Right-hand connection side 130 Left-hand connection side 130 Withdrawable droplet eliminator g = 2 Right-hand Left-hand connection side connection side
205 1) = =
205 1) = =
50 200 H 200 H
L1
Size 6080 c = 3, 4 g = 0, 1 f = 2 130
2) 3) 2)
L1
L2
L2
130
2) 3)
33 M
3) 2) 3) 2) 3)
33 M 33 205
1)
2)
3)
Outputvariant 2 3 4 6
L2 500 500 500 600
H 250 250 250 170
2) 3) 2) 3)
33 205
50
1)
50 = =
L1
L1
Normal face area = 1, 1, Normal frontarea c c = 3 3
1) 32 mm o.d. drain plain, stainless steel pipe 2) Connection for stage 1/3 3) Connection for stage 2/3
Size 6084 Outputvariant 2 3 4 6 L1 550 550 550 650
Max. face area = 2, 4 Max. frontarea c c = 2, 4
150
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
141
page 142

Air cooler for evaporative refrigerant EUNP with spilt coil
Output variant 2
Output variant 2 Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 C 22 22 28,6 22 22 D E 41,3 22 41,3 22 54 22 41,3 22 22 54 22 F 34,9 34,9 41,3 34,9 41,3 34,9 K 22 22 22 22 22 22 M G f=1 f=2 36 904 871 36 904 871 43 904 871 36 1037 1004 43 1004 36 1204 1171 Volym, l 35 44 64 50 74 58 Weight, kg Cu/Al Cu/Cu 330 455 410 575 490 690 470 665 540 800 520 740
Output variant 3
Output variant 3 Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 C 26,6 28,6 28,6 28,6 28,6 28,6 D 54 54 54 54 54 54 E 22 22 22 22 22 22 F 34,9 34,9 34,9 41,3 41,3 41,3 K 22 22 22 22 22 22 G 36 36 36 43 43 43 M f=1 f=2 904 871 904 871 904 871 1037 1004 1037 1004 1204 1171 Volym, l 60 73 86 70 98 82 Weight, kg Cu/Al Cu/Cu 370 440 460 545 550 645 530 625 630 740 590 695
Output variant 4
Output variant 4 Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 C 22 28,6 28,6 D 54 54 54 E 22 22 22 22 22 22 F 34,9 41,3 41,3 41,3 41,3 54 K 22 22 22 22 22 22 G 36 43 43 43 43 58 M f=1 f=2 904 871 904 871 904 871 1004 1004 1171 Voym, l 73 90 108 104 122 120 Weight, kg Cu/Al Cu/Cu 410 505 510 630 610 755 590 730 710 885 660 820
Output variant 6
Output variant 6 Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 C 28,6 28,6 28,6 D 54 54 54 E 22 22 22 22 22 22 F 41,3 41,3 41,3 41,3 41,3 54 K 22 22 22 22 22 22 G 43 43 43 43 43 58 M f=1 f=2 904 871 904 871 904 871 1004 1004 1171 Volym, l 99 125 151 142 172 166 Weight, kg Cu/Al Cu/Cu 510 615 640 770 770 930 750 905 900 1085 830 1000
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
142
page 143

Air cooler for evaporative refrigerant EUNP
Right-hand connection side Size 60, 62 1-stage f = 1 Size 60 80 2-stage f = 2 2) 3) C D 33 205 1) 50 130 = L Left-hand connection side Left-hand connection side Size 60, 62 Size 60, 62 1-stage f = f=1 1 stages 1 = 130 = L G = 205 3) 1) 50 E F 2)
Size 80 Size 606080 2-stage f = f=2 2 stages 2
2) 3) C D 2) 3) 1) 50 130 = L Normal face area 1, 3 Normal face area c =c= 1, 3 = = L Max. face area c = 2, 44 Max face area c= 2, 205 50 G = 130 1) E F 33 205 For dimensions, see next page. 1) 32 mm o.d. drain plain, stainless steel pipe 2) Connection for stage 1/3 3) Connection for stage 2/3
150
Flkt Woods 4377 GB 2008.02 143
page 144

Air cooler for evaporative refrigerant EUNP (cont.)
Output variant 2
Output variant 2 Size 1 60 62 64 71 80
l l
f=
G G G G G
C 28,6 28,6 -
D 54 54 -
E 22 22 28,6 22 22
F 41.3 41.3 54 41.3 54
G 43 43 58 43 58
Volume, L 35 44 64 50 58
Weight, kg Cu/Al Cu/Cu 330 410 490 470 520 455 575 690 665 740
Output variant 24 6
L 550 650
Output variant 3
Output variant 3 Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 1 f=
G G G G G G
C -
D -
E 28,6 28,6 28,6 28,6 28,6 28,6
F 54 54 54 54 54 54
G 58 58 58 58 58 58
Volume, L 60 73 86 70 98 82
Weight, kg Cu/Al Cu/Cu 370 460 550 530 630 590 440 545 645 625 740 695
Output variant 4
Output variant 4 Size 60 62 64 1 f=
G G G
C -
D -
E 22 28,6 28,6
F 54 54 54
G 58 58 58
Volume, L 73 90 108
Weight, kg Cu/Al Cu/Cu 410 510 610 505 630 755
Output variant 6
Output variant 6 Size 60 62 64 1 f=
G G G
C -
D -
E 28,6 28,6 28,6
F 54 54 54
G 58 58 58
Volume, L 99 125 151
Weight, kg Cu/Al Cu/Cu 510 640 770 615 770 930
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
144
page 145
Dimensions and weights, EULR size 60 84

EULR, motor inside, g = 1, 3
Outlet ff = 02
ff = 01, 04
ff = 03 ff = 06
ff = 08
Not for:
Inlet Top/Bottom
Inlet rear side
Forward
Up/down
Size aa 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
b 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
C 625 575 525 1200 1145 760 1445 1420 1380 1145 760 690 1420 1380 1340 1145 760 690 1420 1380 1340 1755 1715 1600
D 800 900 1000 900 1000 1130 1000 1130 1270 1000 1130 1270 1130 1270 1250 1000 1130 1270 1130 1270 1250 1270 1250 1400
E1 520 570 730 655 730 790 730 790 640 730 830 850 830 850 950 730 830 850 830 850 1110 850 1110 1060
E2 210 210 270 296 270 310 270 270 270 310 360 310 360 270 310 360 310 360 360 360 360 -
F1 763 905 910 446 240*) 1135 240*) 309 335 240*) 1175 1185 300 335 370 240*) 1175 1185 300 335 370 335 370 445
F2 1122 1270 1370 823 700 1639 700 813 880 700 1695 1730 820 880 1120 700 1695 1730 820 880 1120 880 1120 1300
ff = 11-38 G H 1400 1400 1400 1400 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1600 1800 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1400 1400 1400 1400 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1600 1800 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Fansize
J 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 75 100 100 100 100 100 75 75 100 75 100 100
K 325 325 325 625 525 525 825 825 825 525 425 425 725 725 725 525 425 425 725 625 625 1000 1000 1000
L 1900 2050 2450 1600 1800 2850 1800 1950 2250 1800 2900 3100 1950 2150 2500 1800 2900 3100 1950 2150 2500 2150 2500 2900
kg 686 806 1049 794 952 1315 1010 1135 1277 992 1382 1504 1181 1326 1586 1027 1433 1557 1227 1374 1638 1474 1747 2200
L 2000 2250 2450 1800 1800 2850 1800 2050 2250 1800 2900 3100 2050 2250 2500 1800 2900 3100 2050 2250 2500 2250 2500 2900
kg 686 806 1049 794 952 1315 1010 1135 1277 992 1382 1504 1181 1326 1586 1027 1433 1557 1227 1374 1638 1474 1747 2200
P 325 325 325 325 225 225 225 225 225 375 275 275 275 275 275 525 425 425 425 325 325 325 325 325
U 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 200 200 125 125 125 100 175 175 125 125 125 125 125 125
T 1000 1000 1200 1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1400 1200 1200 1400 1200 1400 1400 1200 1200 1400 1200 1400 1400 1400 1400 1600
GX 063 071 F 080 071s 080 090 080 s F 090 S 100 s 080 s 090 F 100 090 s 100 s 112 s 080 s 090 F 100 090 s 100 s 112 s 100 s 112 s 125 s
= To be ordered in a seperate casing block F = + F-wheel S = Motor placed beside fan *) ff = f3 - F1 = 300
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
145
page 146
Dimensions and weights, EULR size 60 84

EULR, g = 2,4
Outlet ff = 02
ff = 01, 04
ff = 03 ff = 06
ff = 08 Not: 73-3 84-3 64-3
Inlet Top/Botto m ff = 21, 31
Size aa 60 62
b 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3
C 625 575 525 1200 1145 760 1445 1420 1380 1145 760 690 1420 1380 1340 1145 760 690 1420 1380 1340 1755 1715 1600
D 800 900 1000 900 1000 1130 1000 1130 1270 1000 1130 1270 1130 1270 1250 1000 1130 1270 1130 1270 1250 1270 1250 1400
E1 520 570 730 655 730 790 730 790 640 730 830 850 830 850 950 730 830 850 830 850 1110 850 1110 1060
E2 210 210 270 296 270 270 270 270 270 310 360 310 360 270 310 360 310 360 360 360 360 -
ff=11-38 G H 1400 1400 1400 1400 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1600 1800 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1400 1400 1400 1400 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1800 1800 1800 1800 1800 1600 1800 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000
Weight Fansize
J 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
K 325 325 325 625 525 525 825 825 825 525 425 425 725 725 725 525 425 425 725 625 625 1000 1000 1000
L 2600 3000 3200 2300 2450 3750 2450 2850 2450 2450 3750 4200 2900 2500 2700 2450 3750 4200 2900 2500 2700 2500 2700 2900
P 325 325 325 325 225 225 225 225 225 375 275 275 275 275 275 525 425 425 425 325 325 325 325 325
F1 1363 1655 1660 946 900 2025 900 1125 335 900 2025 2285 1175 385 370 900 2025 2285 1175 385 370 385 370 445
F2 1722 2020 2120 1323 1360 2545 1360 1645 880 1360 2545 2830 1695 930 1120 1360 2545 2830 1695 930 1120 930 1120 1300
T 1000 1000 1200 1000 1200 1200 1200 1200 1400 1200 1200 1400 1200 1400 1400 1200 1200 1400 1200 1400 1400 1400 1400 1600
kg
GX
64
71
73
80
82
84
819 063 969 071F 1211 080 927 071S 1118 080 F SL 1538 090 1192 080 SL F 1355 090 SL 1347 100S 1178 080SL 1615 090F 1797 100 1435 090 SL 1421 100S 1668 112S 1222 080 SL 1678 090F 1866 100 1502 090 SL 1483 100S 1733 112S 1592 100 S 1848 112 S 2239 125 S
= To be ordered in a seperate casing block F = + F-wheel S = side placed motor SL = side - and lenght placed motors
Flkt Woods 4377 GB 2009.11 146
page 147

Plenum fan EULK
f = 5 = outlet against the back
Size aa b 1 60 2 3 1 62 2 3 1 64 2 3 4 71 1 2 1 73 2 3 4 80 1 2 1 82 2 3 1 84 2 3 A 1) 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 L 1450 1550 1650 1450 1550 1350 1650 1350 1450 1550 1650 1350 1650 1350 1450 1550 1650 1350 1350 1450 1550 1450 1550 1650 B 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 C 750 850 950 750 850 650 950 650 750 850 950 650 950 650 750 850 950 650 650 750 850 750 850 950 D 225 225 225 525 525 525 825 825 825 825 525 425 725 725 725 625 525 425 725 625 625 1000 1000 1000 E 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1800 1600 1800 1800 1800 1800 2000 1600 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 F 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 225 125 375 275 275 275 275 175 525 425 425 325 325 325 325 325 G 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1800 1600 1800 1800 1800 1800 2000 1600 1800 1800 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 H 1300 1400 1500 1300 1400 1200 1500 1200 1300 1400 1500 1200 1500 1200 1300 1400 1500 1200 1200 1300 1400 1300 1400 1500 J 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75 75
1) Min. empty section
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
147
page 148

Evaporative humidifier EUQA
Size
Weight, kg
Weight, kg
Face area m2
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
148
page 149

Silencer EUSA
L b c d g = = = = 25 6, 7 0 2
Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
Weight, kg for different lengths L = 550 230 286 339 314 372 342 405 474 900 360 447 528 487 576 527 623 728 1300 500 618 729 672 792 726 855 997 1700 640 790 931 931 1009 924 1087 1267
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
149
page 150

Empty section EUTC
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
150
page 151

Frost protection screen EUTE (support mesh for temperature sensors)
Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
Weight, kg 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75
Size 60 84
L 150
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
151
page 152

Rotary heat exchanger EURA REGOTERM
Size 60 84
1) Internal frame dimension for connecting unit block

40 F 40
A1) C
Note:
B
In sizes 60-84 the EURA casing is of type PUM and H is not the same as the rest of the unit.
H 154
227 E A C E
Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84
A 1) 1896 2496 3096 2496 3096 2496 3096 3846
B 1896 1896 1896 2196 2196 2496 2496 2496
C 3400 3660 4000 4000 4500 4500 4500 4900
D 3200 3460 3800 3800 4200 4200 4200 4600
E 752 582 452 752 702 1002 702 527
H 4250 4250 4250 4850 4850 5450 5450 5450
Weight, kg b = 1,3 b = 2 b=4,5 K Normal Large TURBOTERM 1350 1450 1700 1700 2025 2025 2025 2750 1200 1270 1550 1550 1825 1825 1825 2550 1425 1540 1810 1810 2160 2160 2160 2910
Assembling length (G) between unit block
434 450 434 450 434 450 434 450 434 450 434 450 434 450 474 490
EU
EURA 60 - 84
EU
F ~G
= Sizes 5084 with split casing to be assembled on site
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2008.02
152
page 153

Liquid-coupled heat exchangers EURF ECOTERM
Right-hand connection side 130 D
130
1)
1)
200 200 F 200 E 50 2) = L 1) Conn.No. 8 (1/4 BSP) female pipe thread 2) 32 mm o.d. drain plain stailess steel pipe. = = L 2) = E 200
200 F 200
50
Normal face area
Max face area
150
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
153
page 154

Liquid-coupled heat exchangers EURF ECOTERM (cont.)
Output variant 1
Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84 D 87 87 87 101 101 101 101 101 b=1 E 924 924 924 1074 1074 1224 1224 1224 Output variant 1 b = 2, 3 E Conn. 939 50 939 50 939 50 1072 80 1072 80 1239 80 1239 80 1239 80 Weight, kg Volume g = 1, 4 g = 2, 3 L Cu/Al Cu/Cu 61 410 525 78 510 665 107 600 795 90 600 775 110 700 925 104 660 865 128 790 1050 156 950 1280 Output variant 1 2 3 4 b=1 L 550 550 550 550 b = 2, 3 L 550 650 650 750
Output variant 2
Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84 D 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 b=1 E 924 924 924 1074 1074 1224 1224 1224 Output variant 2 b = 2, 3 E Conn. 939 50 939 50 939 80 1072 80 1072 80 1239 80 1239 80 1239 80 Weight, kg Volume g = 1, 4 g = 2, 3 L Cu/Al Cu/Cu 87 510 680 125 640 875 151 770 1065 130 750 1015 158 890 1225 150 830 1140 182 1000 1390 244 1200 1695
Output variant 3
Output variant 3 Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84 D 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 b=1 E 924 924 924 1074 1074 1224 1224 1224 b = 2, 3 E 939 939 939 1072 1072 1239 1239 1239 Conn. 50 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 Weight, kg Volume g = 1, 4 g = 2, 3 L Cu/Al Cu/Cu 113 580 810 159 730 1040 194 880 1270 168 860 1215 208 1030 1480 200 960 1375 260 1160 1685 315 1400 2060
Output variant 4
Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84 D 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 b=1 E 924 924 924 1074 1074 1224 1224 1224 Output variant 4 b = 2, 3 E Conn. 939 50 939 50 939 80 1072 80 1072 80 1239 80 1239 80 1239 80 Weight, kg Volume g = 1, 4 g = 2, 3 L Cu/Al Cu/Cu 151 670 955 194 850 1240 237 1030 1520 208 1000 1445 272 1200 1760 242 1120 1640 316 1360 2015 400 1650 2475
Connections have male threads. For details of flanges, see accessories. Connection tolerance is 4 mm.
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
154
page 155

Liquid coupled heat exchangers EURF ECOTERM with split coil
Size 6084 d = 3, 4 RRight-hand connection side
130 D 1) 1)

D 130
Normal face area
200 F 200 E
2) = 50 =
200 F 200 E
2) = 50 =
Max. face area
1) Conn. No. 8 (1/4 BSP) female pipe thread 2) 32 mm o.d. drain plain stainless steel pipe
150
Size 6084 Output variant 1 2 3 4 b = 1 b = 2, 3 L L 550 550 550 650 550 650 550 750
Output variant 1
Output variant 1 Conn. Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 b = 1 b = 24 E E F 474 489 704 474 489 704 474 489 704 558 556 837 558 556 837 624 639 1004 624 639 1004 624 639 1004 Vol., l 61 78 107 90 110 104 128 153 Weight, kg ee = 01, 04 ee = 02, 03 Cu/Al Cu/Cu 410 525 510 665 600 795 600 775 700 925 660 865 790 1050 950 1280
D 87 87 87 87 87 87 87 87
Output variant 2, 3 and 4, see next page.
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
155
page 156

Liquid coupled heat exchangers EURF ECOTERM with split coil
Output variant 2
Output variant 2 Conn. Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Weight, kg b = 1 b = 24 Volume, ee = 01, 04 ee = 02, 03 E E F L Cu/Al Cu/Cu 474 489 704 87 510 680 474 489 704 125 640 875 474 489 704 151 770 1065 558 556 837 130 750 1015 558 556 837 158 890 1225 624 639 1004 150 830 1140 624 639 1004 182 1000 1390 624 639 1004 244 1200 1695
D 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144
Output variant 3
Output variant 3 Conn. Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 Weight, kg b = 1 b = 24 Volume, ee = 01, 04 ee = 02, 03 E E F L Cu/Al Cu/Cu 474 489 704 113 580 810 474 489 704 159 730 1040 474 489 704 194 880 1270 558 556 837 168 860 1215 558 556 837 208 1030 1480 624 639 1004 200 960 1375 624 639 1004 260 1160 1685 624 639 1004 315 1400 2060
D 205 205 205 205 205 205 205 205
Output variant 4
Output variant 4 Conn. Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 b = 1 b = 24 E E 474 489 474 489 474 489 558 556 558 556 624 639 624 639 624 639 Weight, kg Volume, ee = 01, 04 ee = 02, 03 L Cu/Al Cu/Cu 151 670 955 194 850 1240 237 1030 1520 208 1000 1445 272 1200 1760 242 1120 1640 316 1360 2015 400 1650 2475
D 263 263 263 263 263 263 263 263
F 704 704 704 837 837 1004 1004 1004
Connections have male threads. For details of flanges, see accessories. Connection tolerance is 4 mm.
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
156
page 157

Liquid-coupled heat exchanger EURT ECONET
Right-hand connection side
130 D 1) 1)

D 130
Normal face area d = 1, 3

~100
200
200
E
2) = 50 =
E
= 2) = 50
Max. face area d = 2, 5, 7

~100
1) Conn. No. 8 (1/4 BSP) female pipe thread 2) 32 mm o.d. drain plain stainless steel pipe
150
Output variant 2 Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84 D E Conn. Volume, Wgt, 1) L kg 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 86 122 145 139 167 162 194 233 510 640 770 750 890 830 1000 1200 Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84 D
Output variant 3 E Conn. Volume, Wgt, 1) L kg 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 112 155 187 178 215 207 249 302 580 730 880 860 1030 960 1160 1400
Output variant 2 3 4 5
L 650 650 750 850
144 939 144 939 144 939 144 1072 144 1072 144 1239 144 1239 144 1239
205 939 205 939 205 939 205 1072 205 1072 205 1239 205 1239 205 1239
Output variant 4 Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84

1)
Output variant 5 Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84 D E Conn. Volume, Wgt, 1) L kg 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 175 223 271 243 311 282 361 440 790 985 1200 1170 1360 1280 1500 1830
Conn. Volume, Wgt, 1) L kg 50 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 149 189 229 217 263 252 305 371 670 850 1030 1000 1200 1120 1360 1620
263 939 263 939 263 939 263 1072 263 1072 263 1239 263 1239 263 1239
321 939 321 939 321 939 321 1072 321 1072 321 1239 321 1239 321 1239
50 mm nom.dia pipes have male threads. 80 mm nom. size pipes have flange for welding. For details of flanges, see accessories. Connection tolerance is 5mm.
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2008.02
157
page 158

Accessories
EUAZ-25 1) Flexible connection EUAZ-26 Duct connection EUAZ-27 1) Counter flange EUAZ-28 Damper
1)
EU dim.
C 110 50 E D B D
1)
To be assembled on EUAZ-26
EUAZ-28 Size 44, 53, 62, 64 Size 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84 A 1800 1800 1800 2200 2200 2500 2500 2500 B C D E PG 240 240 240 E flange F G Weight (kg) EUAZ-25 -26 -27 -28 12 14 16 16 18 17 19 21 14 16 18 14 16 14 17 17 10 73 12 106 14 126 13 15 14 16 18 D F 200 G D
1800 125 125 2400 125 125 3000 125 125 2400 75 125 3000 75 125 2400 75 125 3000 75 125 3800 75 100
215 215 1200 1000 215 1400 1400
Flkt Woods
4377 GB 2009.11
158
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Contents
Page Air handling unit, Casing 161 161 162 163 164 168 170 171 171 172 173 173 174 174 175 175 175 175 176 177 178 178 179 179 180 180 181 181 181 182 182 183
Code EUBB EUBS EUTS EUVH EUAZ EUBZ, WZ EUVA EUVB EUVC EUVD EUVE EUVF EUVG EUVT EUVZ EUPA EUPZ, 01-02 EUPB EUPC EUPZ, 04-05 EUPK EUPZ, 06-19 EUPF EUPZ-20-24 EUEE EUEV EUEG EUEK EUES EUNN EUNZ, 01 EUNP
Description Casing, outdoor version, sizes 60 84 Casing, outdoor version, sizes 60 84 End wall for service walkway Jointing frame Casing accessories Casing accessories End connection frame Intake air section Mixing section Mixing and exhaust section Intake/exhaust section, outdoor version Mixing section, outdoor version Exhaust and mixing section, Connection frame, on end wall of casing Connection accessories Pleated filter Replacement filters Short bag filter Long bag filter Replacement filters Carbon filter Filter accessories Absolute filter Filter accessories Air heater, hot water Air heater, hot water Frost coil Air heater, electric Air heater, steam Air cooler, chilled water Insulated drain tray Air cooler, DX
Connection, Mixing
Filters
Air heaters
Air coolers
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
159
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Contents
Page Fans 184 185 185 188 189 191 191 191 191 192 193 193 193 194 194 195 195 196 Motors Accessories 196 197 197 197 197 198 199 200
Code EULR EULS EULZ EULK EULZ EUQA EUQB EUQZ EUSA EUTA EUTZ EUTE EUEL EURA EURZ EURF EURT EURZ APAL ATAL, ATSL ARAL, ARSL ASSL APAK STRF PANE CERZ
Description Centrifugal fan, belt driven Belt drive for centrifugal fan EULR Fan accessories Plenum fan, direct-driven Fan accessories Humidifier, evaporative Humidifier, steam Humidifier accessories Silencer Angle section Empty section accessories Frost protection screen Electrical cabinet section REGOTERM rotary heat exchanger REGOTERM accessories ECOTERM, liquid-coupled heat exchangers ECONET, liquid-coupled heat exchangers, external energi ECONET BOX, heat exchanger 1-speed 2-speed 2-speed 2, 4, 6, 8 poles Motor cable Frequency inverter Replacement panel, unit casing AHU., fans, heat exchange, material, wgt.
Plenum fan Humidifiers
Silencers Casing sections
Heat exchangers
Panel Certificates
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
160
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Unit casing (outdoor version sealed externally) Casing type: BB = sizes 60 84 Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Length, cm (bbb) bbb = 045 600 1) (min. max., available in intervals on 5 cm) (aa = 60, 62, 71, 80) bbb = 045 300 1) (min. max., available in intervals on 5 cm) (aa = 64, 73, 82, 84) 1) Not bbb = 050, 060 2) Insulation (c) 1 = mineral wool, density: 50 kg/m3 (panels) 4 = mineral wool, density: 140 kg/m3 (panels) 5 = mineral wool, density: 50 kg/m3 (panels + frame) corresponding EI 15 8 = mineral wool, density: 140 kg/m3 (panels + frame) corresponding EI 30 Casing material (d) 2 = 1 mm thick galvanized sheet steel. Frame made of aluminium-zinc coated sheet steel. 3 = Galvanized 0.9 mm sheet steel coated with polyester. Outside of casing to Class M3. Frame made of aluminium-zinc coated sheet steel. 4 = Galvanized 0.9 mm sheet steel coated with polyester. Outside of casing to Class M3. Frame made of aluminium-zinc coated sheet steel painted with epoxy. 5 = 0.7 mm thick stainless sheet steel (AISI 304). Frame made of aluminium-zinc coated sheet steel painted with epoxy. 6 = 1 mm thick galvanized sheet steel. Frame made of aluminium-zinc coated sheet steel. Outside of casing painted in optional colour. 7 = 0.7 mm thick stainless sheet steel (AISI 316). Frame made of aluminium-zinc coated sheet steel painted with epoxy. Version (e) 3 = complete unit as one block 4 = first block 5 = intermediate block 6 = last block Tightness class (f) 1 = CEN A / G III 3 = CEN B Configuration (g) 0 = single block 1 = stacked unit REGOTERM 2) 050 may be selected only for size 84 together with REGOTERM.
Flkt Woods 4403 GB 2009.11 161
EUBB-aa-bbb-c-d-e-f-g
Unit casing EUBS-aa-bbb-c-d-e-f-g-h Including service walkway (outdoor version sealed externally) Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Length, cm (bbb) 045-300 available in intervals on 5 cm Insulation (c) 1 = mineral wool, density: 50 kg/m3 (panels) 4 = mineral wool, density: 140 kg/m3(panels) 5 = mineral wool, density: 50 kg/m3 (panels + frame) corresponding EI 15 8 = mineral wool, density: 140 kg/m3 (panels + frame) corresponding EI 30 Casing material (d)
2 = 1 mm thick galvanized sheet steel. Frame made of aluminium-zinc coated sheet steel. 3 = Galvanized 0.9 mm sheet steel coated with polyester. Outside of casing to Class M3. Frame made of aluminium-zinc coated sheet steel. 4 = Galvanized 0.9 mm sheet steel coated with polyester. Outside of casing to Class M3. Frame made of aluminium-zinc coated sheet steel painted with epoxy. 5 = 0.7 mm thick stainless sheet steel (AISI 304). Frame made of aluminium-zinc coated sheet steel painted with epoxy. 6 = 1 mm thick galvanized sheet steel. Frame made of aluminium-zinc coated sheet steel. Outside of casing painted in optional colour. 7 = 0.7 mm thick stainless sheet steel (AISI 316). Frame made of aluminium-zinc coated sheet steel painted with epoxy.
Version (e) 3 = complete unit as one block 4 = first block 5 = intermediate block 6 = last block Tightness class (f) 1 = CEN A / G III 3 = CEN B Width of service walkway (g) 1 = 1350 mm 2 = 2050 mm Location of service walkway (h) 1 = Right-hand side 2 = Left-hand side NB: - an application with Regoterm, if required, is available to special order - all the drainage pipework must be run out the side opposite the inspection side - a max. 300 cm long block restricts your choice of fan. The service walkway must be fitted with chequered floor plates.
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
End wall for service walkway Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Width of service walkway (bbb) 1 = 1350 mm 2 = 2050 mm Location (c) 1 = Inlet (on first block or inlet on complete unit in one block) 9 = Outlet (on last block or outlet on complete unit in one block) Door location (d) 0 = without door (tight end wall) 1 = nearest to the unit section 2 = nearest to the exterior wall service walkway EUTS-aa-b-c-d
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
162
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Jointing frame (fitted to the larger module) Unit size (aa bb) Larger Smaller size size aa bb (c = 1, 2) 71 62 73 64 82 80 80 71 Larger Smaller size size aa bb (c = 3, 4) 62 60 64 62 73 71 82 73 84 82 EUVH-aa-bb-c-d-e
Location (c) 1 = towards top 2 = towards underside 3 = on the left-hand side viewed in direction of air flow 1) 4 = on the right-hand side viewed in direction of air flow 1)
c=1
c=2
c=3
c=4
4) Unit size aabb = 6453

c=1 c=2 c=3 c=4
Location (e) 0 = on end wall inlet of the block 14 = on the recovery unit: EURA, EURC, EURV 2) 5 = on the EUTA angle section with right-hand side connection 3) 6 = on the EUTA angle section with left-hand side connection 3) 9 = on end wall outlet of the block. EURA EURV
e=5 e=2 e=4 e=2 e=4
EUTA
EURC
e=6
Panel material (d) 1 = 0.7 mm thick galvanized sheet steel (unit sizes, aa = 11 53) 2 = 1 mm thick galvanized sheet steel 3 = 0.9 mm thick galvanized sheet steel coated with polyester. Outside of casing to Class M3. 4 = 0.9 mm thick galvanized sheet steel coated with polyester. Outside of casing to Class M3. 5 = 0.7 mm thick stainless sheet steel (AISI 304). 6 = 1 mm thick galvanized sheet steel. Outside of casing painted in optional colour. 7 = 0.7 mm thick stainless sheet steel (AISI 316).
e=6
e=5
e=1 e=1 e=3
e=3
1) On recovery units, refers to direction of supply air flow. 2) As viewed from the inspection side. 3) Applicable to angle section without sound baffles or filter.
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
163
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Inspection window Version (b) 1 = standard 2 = to Swedish fire resistance rating A30 3 = double-glazed Lifting device Size (b) 1 = for sizes 11 53 (lifting lugs) 2 = for sizes 60 84 (lifting wire) EUAZ-02-b Length (ccc) Length, cm = length of the multi-function block or the total length of the unit, see code suffix bbb in the unit casing code. Height (d) 1 = 150 mm 2 = 300 mm (aa = 11 53) Version (e) 1 = factory-fitted to a single-level unit 2 = delivered for assembly on site 3 = factory-fitted to a stacked unit (bb = 11 44) Material (f) 1 = galvanized steel 3 = galvanized sheet steel, painted optional colour 6 = stainless sheet steel d = 1, bb =11-53 Adjustable feet, set of 6 For sizes 11 53. [For use together with base frame EUAZ-04 and EUAZ-50 (bb = 1153, d = 1, e = 1, 2, f = 1, 3) for indoor installations and one-storey units] Qty. required for base frame (ccc) 030 200 4 feet 210 400 6 feet 410 600 8 feet 610 750 10 feet 760 960 12 feet Lifting tube set (Together with base frame EUAZ-04, d = 1 3) Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 EUAZ-06-bb EUAZ-05 EUAZ-01-b Base frame Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 EUAZ-04-bb-ccc-d-e-f
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
164
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Water trap (800 Pa negative pressure) EUAZ-08 Jointing piece set For jointing units in an L-formed or stacked arrangement. Bulkhead light Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Type (c) 0 = without cable and switch 1 = wired to switch outside casing 3 = for plate heat exchanger EURC, without switch 4 = for plate heat exchanger EURC, wired to switch 5 = cable and switch loose for fitting on site 6 = wired to connection box EUAZ-09-bb-c Material (b) 5 = angle brackets, galvanized sheet steel, sizes 60 84 6 = angle brackets, stainless sheet steel, sizes 60 84 7 = connection bolts for fixing on outside of casing, galvanized steel 8 = connetion bolts for fixing on outside of casing, stainless steel Doorstop EUAZ17-b (for doors on pressurized units) Not to be used on a fan or empty section EUTCwith door that opens inwards Type (b) 0 = normal 1 = short Sealing strip, 10 m roll Damper actuator EUAZ-10 EUAZ-11-bb Manual air purging valve Automatic air purging valve Nipple Earth cable (Flexible connection to earth) EUAZ-18 EUAZ-19 EUAZ-20 EUAZ-23 EUAZ-16-b
Actuator unit size (bb) 01 = 24V 15 Nm on/off 02 = 230V 15 Nm on/off 03 = 24V 30 Nm on/off 04 = 230V 30 Nm on/off 05 = 24V 15 Nm on/off, spring return 06 = 230V 15 Nm on/off, spring return 07 = 24V 15 Nm modulating 08 = 24V 30 Nm modulating 09 = 24V 10 Nm modulating, spring return 10 = actuator supplied by customer
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
165
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Thermometer (indicator with insertion bulb) EUAZ-35-bbbb-c Type (bbbb) 5021 = 20C +60C 5022 = 20C +60C/4F +140F 5023 = 0C +100C Condition on delivery (c) 0 = delivered separately 1 = fitted to the functional section Flange for coils EUAZ-40-b-c-d For 1 pc of connection Connection size (b) 0 = 15, 1 = 25, 2 = 32, 4 = 50, 5 = 80 Type of flange (c) 1= flange without counterflange 2= flange with threaded counterflange 3= flange with welding counterflange Material (d) 1 = steel (PN16 DIN 2633) 2 = bronze (PN16 DIN 2633) 3 = steel (150lb, ANSI B16.5) 4 = bronze (150lb, ANSI B16.5)
Installation instructions Language variant (bb) 02 = Swedish 06 = Finnish 12 = Danish 03 = English 04 = German 05 = French
EUAZ-36-bb
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
166
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Cable conduit, horizontal (lengths refer to the length of block) Cross section (b) 1 = 50x50 2 = 80x80 Length of block (ccc) 030 = 30 cm 040 = 40 cm 330 = 330 cm Delivery alternative (d) (installation info. only) 0 = not fitted (b=1) 1 = fitted Knock-out opening (from end first in airflow direction.) (eee) (eee<>000= (to be manually specified) 000 = none 010 = 10 cm from end (first in airflow direction) 015 = 15 cm from end of block 300 = 300 cm from end of block Material (f) 1 = galvanized 2 = stainless Inspection side (g) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand EUAZ-51-b-ccc-d-eee-f-g
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
167
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Roof Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Length (ccc) Length, cm = length of the multi-function block or the total length of the unit, see code suffix bbb in the unit casing code. Fitted to unit/block (d) 0 = complete unit 1 = first multi-function block 2 = intermediate multi-function block 3 = last multi-function block 4 = rotary heat exchanger, EURA Material (e) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel (AISI 304) 3 = galvanized sheet steel, painted in optional colour 4 = stainless sheet steel (AISI 316) 5 = galvanized sheet steel coated with polyester, Class M3 EUBZ-01-bb-ccc-d-e
Cowl for outdoor unit Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Variant (c) 1 = inlet end wall 2 = inlet side wall 3 = outlet end wall 4 = outlet end wall 5 = outlet side wall 6 = outlet end wall
EUBZ-02-bb-c-d-2
(EUVE b = 1, EUVF) (EUVG b = 1) (20 53) (EULB, F, C) EUDB (EUVE b = 2 5) (EUVG b = 1) (20 53) (EULB,F - 20-53)
Material (d) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel (AISI 304) 3 = galvanized sheet steel, painted in optional colour 4 = stainless sheet steel (AISI 316) Condition on delivery (e) 2 = delivered separately
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
168
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Base frame for Unit with service walkway Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Length (ccc) I cm = length of block Height (d) 1 = 150mm Width of service walkway (e) 1 = 1350 2 = 2050 Material (f) 1 = painted to Env. Class M3 (colour: NCS 2502 B) EUBZ-06-bb-ccc-1-e-1 Roof for Unit with service walkway Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Length (ccc) I cm = length of block Mounted on (d) 0 = complete unit 1 = first block 2 = intermediate block 3 = last block Material (f) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel (2333) 3 = galvanized sheet steel painted in optional colour, specify RAL/NCS 4 = acid-proof stainless sheet steel 5 = polyester-coated sheet steel (Env. Class M3) Width of service walkway (g) 1 = 1350 mm 2 = 2050 mm Service walkway location (h) 1 = service walkway located on right-hand side 2 = service walkway located on left-hand side EUBZ-07-bb-ccc-d-0-f-g-h
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
169
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Cover plate for EUBZ-05 Length (bbb) Material (c) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel (2333) 3 = galvanized sheet steel painted in optional colour 4 = stainless sheet steel (2348) 5 = polyester-coated galvanized sheet steel EUBZ-08-bbb-c
End connection frame Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Variant (b) 0 = without damper 2 = with galvanized CEN 3 damper 3 = with galvanized CEN 4 damper 5 = with stainless CEN 3 damper 6 = with stainless CEN 4 damper 7 = without opening
EUVA-aa-b-c-d-e Location (e) 0 = on inlet end wall of multi-function block 1 4 = position on the EURA, (not size 60-84) EURC EURD, EURV 1) 5 = on EUTA angle section, conn. on righthand side 3) 4) on EURC recovery unit, conn. on roof 3) 4) 6 = on EUTA angle section, conn. on lefthand side 3) 4) on EURC recovery unit, conn. on roof 3) 4) 7 = on EUTA angle section, conn. on roof 3) 4) on filter section with inlet on roof (EUPC f = 2) 2) 4) 8 = on EUTA angle section, conn. on bottom 3) 4) 5) 9 = on outlet end wall of multi-function block EURA EURV
e=2 e=4 e=2
e=7
2 6
Connection (c) 0 = b = 0, 7 1 = PG joint (b = 2 6) 2 = flanged joint (b = 2 6) 3 = PG joint (b= 2 6) and insulated damper blade 4 = flanged joint (b= 2 6) and insulated damper blade Panel material (d) 1 = 0.7 mm thick galvanized sheet steel (Unit sizes, aa = 11 53) 2 = 1 mm thick galvanized sheet steel 3 = 0.9 mm thick galvanized sheet steel coated with polyester. 4 = 0.9 mm thick galvanized sheet steel coated with polyester. 5 = 0.7 mm thick stainless sheet steel (AISI 304). 6 = 1 mm thick galvanized sheet steel. Outside of casing painted in optional colour. 7 = 0.7 mm thick stainless sheet steel (AISI 316).
EUTA
EURC
e=5 e=6
e=4
e=1
e=6 e=8 e=5
e=3
e=1
e=3
1) On recovery unit, refers to direction of supply air flow. Seen from inspection side. 3) For angle section without sound baffles or filters. 4) Not for (b = 7). 5) External damper on bottom is not mounted.
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
170
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Intake air section Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 1) 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Installation alternative (b)
1 2 3 4 5 01 3) 02 4) 03 4) 04 4)
EUVB-aa-b-c-d-e-f
Mixing section Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 1) 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Installation alternative (bb)
EUVC-aa-bb-c-d-e-f
05 4)
06 4) bb = 05, 06 ext. damper/ side opposite insp. side
4) 07 1)
Damper, external/rear
Damper, internal/rear
11 5)
12
13
Ext. damper 14 both sides
Damper type (c) 0 = without damper (b = 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7: d = 0) 2 = with galvanized CEN 3 damper 3 = with galvanized CEN 4 damper 5 = with stainless steel CEN 3 damper 6 = with stainless steel CEN 4 damper
15 5) 16 5) bb = 15, 16 int. damper/ side opposite insp. side 17 6)
Connection (d) 0 = without damper (c = 0) 1 = PG joint (b = 3, 6) 2 = flanged joint (b = 1 7) 3 = PG joint (b= 3, 6) and insulated damper blade 4 = flanged joint (b= 1 7) and insulated damper blade Location (e) 1 = inlet (b = 1, 3 7) 2 = outlet (b = 1, 3 7) 3 = optional (b = 2) Inspection side (f) 1 = right-hand, 2 = left-hand 1) Sizes 60 84 incl. door. 2) b = 3, 6 applicable to sizes 11 53 only. 3) Applicable to sizes 20 53. 4) Applicable to sizes 11 53. 5) Applicable to sizes 60 84. 6) Applicable to sizes 60 84 (door on end wall). 7) bb = 12 is EU-Express 8) Sizes 33, 44 for b = 15 9) Only bb = 0104, 1214 unit size 33, 44
Int. damper both sides
Damper type (c) 0 = without damper 2 = with galvanized CEN 3 damper 3 = with galvanized CEN 4 damper 5 = with stainless steel CEN 3 damper 6 = with stainless steel CEN 4 damper Connection (d) 0 = without damper (c = 0) 1 = PG joint (bb = 01 07) 2 = flanged joint (bb = 01 17) 3 = PG joint (bb= 01 07) and insulated damper blade 4 = flanged joint and insulated damper blade Location (e) 1 = inlet 2 = outlet Inspection side (f) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand
171
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Mixing and exhaust section EUVD-aa-bb-c-d-e-f (three dampers) Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 1) 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Installation alternative (bb) Damper type (c) 0 = without damper (bb = 02, 03) and wall 2 = with galvanized CEN 3 damper 3 = with galvanized CEN 4 damper 5 = with stainless steel CEN 3 damper 6 = with stainless steel CEN 4 damper Connection (d) 0 = without damper (c = 0) 1 = PG joint (bb = 01, 04 06, 17, 19) 2 = flanged joint (bb = 01 23) 3 = as d = 1 but with insulated damper blades 4 = as d = 2 but with insulated damper blades Location (e) 1 = inlet/supply 2 = outlet/exhaust 3 = optional location (bb = 01, 09, 11, 21 23) Inspection side (f) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand
03 21 3) 22 3) 23 3)
Installation alternative bb
01 2)
11
Single-level unit in-line 01, 11, 21, 22, 23
02
04
06 2)
14
16
2)
05 2)
07
15
09
w/o wall
1) Sizes 60 84 incl. door. 2) Applicable to sizes 11 53 only. 3) The installation alternatives are applicable to sizes 60, 62, 71 and 80 only. In the case of sizes 64, 73, 82 and 84, installation alt. bb = 21 is split up in inst. alt. 22 and 23. Each of these is fitted in its own block. 4) Sizes 33, 44 only for bb = 0116
Stacked unit 0216 (02 stacked on 03, 09) (04, 06, 14 or 16 stacked on 03, 05, 07, 09 or 15.)
17
18
19
20
Recirculated air damper = with
without
with
without
Adjacent units 17, 18, 19 and 20 Shut-off damper for unit sizes 11 53: External damper Shut-off damper for unit sizes 60 84: Internal damper Recirculated air damper for unit sizes 11 84: Internal damper
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
172
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Intake/exhaust section (outdoor version, with door) Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Installation alternative (b)
1 2 3 4 5
EUVE-aa-b-c-d-e
Mixing section (outdoor version, with door) Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Installation alternative (b)
Unit section viewed from above 1. Side connection
EUVF-aa-b-c-d-e
2. Connection to the underside
c=0 6 7 8
Damper type (c) 2 = with galvanized CEN 3 damper 3 = with galvanized CEN 4 damper 5 = with stainless steel CEN 3 damper 6 = with stainless steel CEN 4 damper Damper type (c) 0 = without damper 2 = with galvanized CEN 3 damper 3 = with galvanized CEN 4 damper 5 = with stainless steel CEN 3 damper 6 = with stainless steel CEN 4 damper Material (grille, louvre) (d) 0 = without grille/louvre (b = 2, 6, 7, 8) 1 = galvanized steel (b = 1, 3, 4, 5) 2 = stainless steel (b = 1, 3, 4, 5) 6 = aluminium (Siegward grille, b = 1, 4) Inspection side (e) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand Material (grille) (d) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel 6 = aluminium (Siegward grille) Inspection side (e) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
173
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Exhaust and mixing section (outdoor version, with door) Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Installation alternative (b)
Unit section viewed from the side
1 Unit section viewed from 1) above 2 3 7
EUVG-aa-b-c-d-e
Connection frame End wall of the unit Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84
EUVT-aa-b-c-d-e
Variant (b) 0 = without damper 2 = with galvanized damper CEN 3 (aa=11-64) 3 = with galvanized damper CEN 4 (aa=11-64) 5 = with stainless damper CEN 3 (aa=11-64) 6 = with stainless damper CEN 4 (aa=11-64) Connection (c) 1 = PG 2 = Flange Frame material (d) 1=galvanized sheet steel 2=stainless sheet steel Location (e) 1=Inlet 2=Outlet EUVT supersedes EUAZ-26 transition piece and EUAZ-28 damper. Accessories: EUVZ-25 and EUVZ-27. Flexible connection for EUVT Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Variant (c) 1 = PG connection, uninsulated 2 = Flange connection, uninsulated 3 = PG connection, insulated 4 = Flange connection, insulated Material (d) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel EUVZ-25-bb-c-d
Unit section 4 viewed from above 1)
Location Location in the in the upper unit lower unit

5 6
Location in the upper unit

8
1)
4, 5 only for sizes 64, 73, 82, 84
Location in the lower unit
Location in the lower unit
Damper type (c) 0 = without damper (b = 2, 3, 7) and wall 2 = with galvanized CEN 3 damper 3 = with galvanized CEN 4 damper 5 = with stainless steel CEN 3 damper 6 = with stainless steel CEN 4 damper Material (grille) (d) 0 = without grille/louvre (b = 2, 3) 1 = galvanized sheet steel (b = 1, 4, 5) 2 = stainless sheet steel (b = 1, 4, 5) 6 = aluminium (Siegward grille, b = 1, 4, 5) Inspection side (e) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand 1) For sizes 20 62, 71, 80: (b = 1) For sizes 64, 73, 82, 84, the unit sections are split up in sections (b = 4 and 5). Each of these is fitted in its own block.
Counter-flange for Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Variant (c) 2 = Flange connection Material (d) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel
EUVZ-27-bb-c-d
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
174
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Lever actuator Flexible connection Duct connection piece Counterflange (d = 2, 4) Protective screen Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Connection (c) 1 = whole (end wall) for EUVA, EUVB (b = 1) EUVE (b = 2) EUVZ-01 EUVZ-02-bb-c-d EUVZ-03-bb-c-d EUVZ-04-bb-c-d EUVZ-05-bb-c-d Pleated filter EUPA-aa-b-c-d (11 53: withdrawable from the side) (60 84: change from contaminated side) Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Filter type (b) 0 = without filter 1 = class G2, aluminium, cleanable 2 = class G3, synthetic, cleanable 3 = class G3, synthetic, disposable 4 = class G4, synthetic, cleanable Material (c) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel Inspection side (d) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand Replacement filters Filter cassette for EUPA, set Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Filter type (c) 1 = class G2, aluminium, cleanable 2 = class G3, synthetic, cleanable 3 = class G3, synthetic, disposable 4 = class G4, synthetic, cleanable Material (d) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel Filter mat for EUPA, set Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Filter type (c) 2 = class G3, synthetic, cleanable 3 = class G3, synthetic, disposable 4 = class G4, synthetic, cleanable EUPZ-02-bb-c EUPZ-01-bb-c-d
2 = half (end wall, EUVB (b = 3 5) roof, bottom) for EUVC (bb = 02 06, 12 16) EUVD (bb = 01, 11, 04 07, 09, 14 20) EUTA (b = 5 8) EUVE (b = 6, 7) EUVF (b = 2) 3 = side for EUVB (b = 6, 7) EUVC (bb = 05 07, 15 17) EUVD (bb = 17 23) EUVF (b = 1)
4 = double (end wall) for EUVC (bb = 01, 11) Connection type (d) 1 = PG joint, galvanized sheet steel (not EUVZ-04) 2 = flanged joint, galvanized sheet steel 3 = PG joint, stainless sheet steel (not EUVZ-04) 4 = flanged joint, stainless sheet steel 5 = PG-joint, insulated galvanized sheet steel (EUVZ-02) 6 = Flange connection, insulated galvanized sheet steel (EUVZ-02) 7 = PG-joint, insulated stainless sheet steel (EUVZ-02) 8 = Flange connection, insulated stainless sheet steel (EUVZ-02) 1) Sizes 33, 44 for c = 1, 2, 4.
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
175
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Long bag filter Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Filter type (bb) 00 = without filter 03 = class G3, synthetic 04 = class G4, synthetic 05 = class F5, synthetic 06 = class F6, synthetic 07 = class F7, synthetic 08 = class F8, synthetic 16 = class F6, glass fibre 17 = class F7, glass fibre 19 = class F9, glass fibre 26 = class F6, compact filter (Opakfil) 27 = class F7, compact filter (Opakfil) 28 = class F8, compact filter (Opakfil) 29 = class F9, compact filter (Opakfil) Filter frame (c) 1 = galvanized sheet steel, 2 = plastic (PP) Prefilter (d) 0 = without 1 = G3, 50 mm glass fibre cardboard cassette (f = 1, 4, 6) 2 = G3, 50 mm glass fibre, galvanized sheet steel cassette (f = 1, 4, 6) 3 = with guide, without prefilter (f = 1,6) Material (e) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel EUPC-aa-bb-c-d-e-f-g Inspection side (g) 1 = right-hand, 2 = left-hand 1) Sizes 33, 44 for f = 1
Variant (f) 1 = straight through, inlet to outlet
4 = service from contaminated side of filter (aa = 60 84) (for negative pressure)
(aa = 60-84)
Viewed from above
5 = service from contaminated side of filter (aa = 60 84) (for positive pressure) (d = 0)
Viewed from above
6 = straight through, inlet to outlet with drain tray
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
176
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Replacement filters Filters for EUPC and EUTA, set Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Filter type (cc) 03 = class G3, synthetic 04 = class G4, synthetic 05 = class F5, synthetic 06 = class F6, synthetic 07 = class F7, synthetic 08 = class F8, synthetic 16 = class F6, glass fibre 17 = class F7, glass fibre 18 = class F8, glass fibre 19 = class F9, glass fibre Filter frame (d) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = plastic (PP) Prefilter for EUPC, set Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Filter type (c) 3 = class G3, 50 mm glass fibre, cardboard cassette 4 = class G3, 50 mm glass fibre, sheet steel cassette EUPZ-05-bb-c EUPZ-04-bb-cc-d
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
177
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Carbon filter Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Filter type (b) 0 = prepared for cylindrical insert (Camfil) Material (c) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel Inspection side (d) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand EUPK-aa-b-c-d Manometer Filter monitor Sloping tube manometer Pressure switch manometer Flexible connection (for EUPC, f = 2, 3) Duct connection piece (for EUPC, f = 2, 3) Differential pressure gauge (Kyttel type) EUPZ-07 EUPZ-08 EUPZ-12 EUPZ-13 EUPZ-14-bb-c-d EUPZ-15-bb-c-d
EUPZ-18
Carbon filters for the EUPK, set EUPZ-06-bb-c-d Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Filter type (c) 1 = cylindrical insert 2 = cassette type, non-impregnated (aa = 11 53) 3 = cassette type, impregnated (aa = 11 53) 4 = cylindrical insert, impregnated (SO2 + H2S) 5 = cylindrical insert, impregnated (NH3) Material (d) 0 = cylindrical insert 1 = cassette made of galvanized sheet steel (c = 2, 3) 2 = cassette made of stainless sheet steel (c = 2, 3)
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
178
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Absolute filter Excluding filter cassettes. Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Length (bb) 09 = 900 mm 10 = 1000 mm 11 = 1100 mm 12 = 1200 mm Location (c) 1 = supply air (overpressure) 2 = exhaust air (underpressure) Inspection side (d) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand Replacement filter (set) for EUPH absolute filter Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Filter type (c) 1 = H10 2 = H12 3 = H13 4 = H14 Filter cassette material (d) 1 = plywood 2 = galvanized sheet steel 3 = stainless sheet steel EUPZ-20-bb-c-d EUPF-aa-bb-c-d Filter cassettes (set) for EUPF absolute filter Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Filter type (c) 1 = H10 2 = H12 3 = H13 4 = H14 Filter cassette, material (d) 1 = plywood 2 = galvanized sheet steel 3 = stainless sheet steel Differentaial pressure guage (Dwyer magnahelic) Pressure range (b) 1 = 0 250 Pa 2 = 0 500 Pa 3 = 0 750 Pa Arrangement (c) 1 = flush mounted in door (not EUPF) 2 = bracket mounted on panel 3 = supplied loose with bracket EUPZ-25-b-c EUPZ-24-bb-c-d
Stainless steel bottom (below the bag filter, EUPC not applicable to f = 2, 3) Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84
EUPZ-22-bb
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
179
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Air heater EUEE-aa-b-cc-d-e-f-g for hot water (80/60C, 60/40C, 50/30C) Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Output variant (b) 2, 4, 5 (aa = 11 44) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (aa = 60 84) Material, coil (cc) 01 = Cu/Al 02 = Cu/Cu 03 = Cu/Cu, tinned fins 04 = Cu/Al, Corropaint 05 = Cu/Al, copper headers Version (d) 1 = one complete coil 2 = horizontally split coil (aa = 60 84) Design variant (e) 4 Material, frame (f) 1 = galvanized steel 2 = stainless steel Connection side (g) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand Air heater for hot water (82/71C) Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Output variant (b) 2, 4, 5 (aa = 11 44) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (aa = 60 84) Material, coil (cc) 01 = Cu/Al 02 = Cu/Cu 03 = Cu/Cu, tinned fins 04 = Cu/Al, Corropaint 05 = Cu/Al, copper headers Version (d) 1 = one complete coil 2 = horizontally split coil (aa = 60 - 84) Design variant (e) 4 Material, frame (f) 1 = galvanized steel 2 = stainless steel Connection side (g) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand EUEV-aa-b-cc-d-e-f-g
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
180
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Frost-protected air heater Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Material, coil (bb) 00 = Cu/without fins 01 = Cu/Al 02 = Cu/Cu 04 = Cu/Al Corropaint Material, frame (c) 1 = galvanized steel 2 = stainless steel Connection side (d) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand Design variant (e) 4 EUEG-aa-bb-c-d-e Air heater, electric Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82 Output variant (b) 1, 2, 3, 4 Voltage (c) 1 = 3 x 230 V (e = 1, 2) 2 = 3 x 400 V 3 = 3 x 415 V Element version (d) 1 = high temperature (1182) 2 = low temperature (1180) Design (e) 1 = SEMKO 2 = NEMKO (c = 1, 2) 3 = DIN (aluminium frame) (aa = 1132, 4042, 5053) (d = 2) (c = 2) 4 = BS (aa = 1153) (d = 1) Material (f) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel Connection side (g) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand Air heater for steam Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Output variant (b) 1, 2 Material, tubes/fins/headers (cc) 01 = Cu/Al/Cu (aa = 11 42) 02 = Cu/Cu/Cu (aa = 11 42) 03 = Fe/Al/Fe (aa = 50 84) Material, frame (d) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel Connection side (e) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand Design variant (f) 4 EUES-aa-b-cc-d-e-f EUEK-aa-b-c-d-e-f-g
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
181
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Air cooler for chilled water Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Output variant (b): 2, 3, 4, 6, 8 *) Coil version (c) 1 = normal face area 2 = max. face area, extension frame made of galvanized sheet steel 3 = normal face area, horizontally-split coil (aa = 50 84) 4 = max. face area, horizontallysplit coil (aa = 50 84) extension frame made of galvanized sheet steel 5 = max. face area, extension frame made of stainless sheet steel 6 = max. face area, horizontally-split coil (aa = 50 84), extension frame made of stainless sheet steel 7 = max. face area, extension frame made of polyester-coated sheet steel 8 = max. face area, horizontally-split coil (aa = 50 84), extension frame made of polyester coated sheet steel Fin pitch and connection (d) 1 = 2 mm normal 2 = 2.5 mm normal 3 = 3 mm normal 6 = 2 mm short 7 = 2.5 mm short 8 = 3 mm short Material, coil (ee) 01 = Cu/Al 02 = Cu/Cu 03 = Cu/Cu, tinned fins 04 = Cu/Al, Corropaint 05 = Cu/Al, copper headers 06 = Ti/Cu, tinned fins (aa = 60-84) 07 = Cu/Al, flat fins 08 = Cu/Cu, flat fins 09 = Cu/Al, copper headers and flat fins Droplet eliminator (f) 0 = without, 1 = with, plastic 2 = with, plastic, withdrawable (aa = 11 53) Material, frame (g) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel Connection side (h) 1 = right-hand, 2 = left-hand *) b = 8 for aa = 11-53 and c = 1, 2, 5, 7 EUNN-aa-b-c-d-ee-f-g-h Insulated drain tray (for EUNN,NP) Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 63 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Coil version (c) 1 = normal face area, 2 = max. face area EUNZ-01-bb-c
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
182
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Air cooler for EUNP-aa-b-c-d-ee-f-g-h-i evaporative refrigerant Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 (71, 73, 80) 1) Output variant (b): 2, 3, 4, 6 Coil version (c) 1 = normal face area 2 = max. face area, extension frame made of galvanized sheet steel 3 = normal face area, horizontally-split coil (aa = 50 80) 4 = max. face area, horizontallysplit coil (aa = 50 80) extension frame made of galvanized sheet steel 5 = max. face area, extension frame made of stainless sheet steel 6 = max. face area, horizontally-split coil (aa = 50 80), extension frame made of stainless sheet steel 7 = max. face area, extension frame made of polyester-coated sheet steel 8 = max. face area, horizontally-split coil (aa = 50 80), extension frame made of polyester coated sheet steel Fin pitch (d) 1 = 2 mm, 2 = 2.5 mm, 3 = 3 mm Material, coil (ee) 01 = Cu/Al 02 = Cu/Cu 03 = Cu/Cu, tinned fins 04 = Cu/Al, Corropaint 07 = Cu/Al, flat fins 08 = Cu/Cu, flat fins Output stages 2) (f) 1 = 1 output stage 2 = 2 equal output stages, interlace connected 3 = 2 output stages (1/3 +2/3), interlace conn. 4 = 3 equal output stages, split in height 5 = 4 equal output stages, split in height (2 + 2), interlace connected (aa = 20 80) Droplet eliminator (g) 0 = without 1 = with, plastic 2 = with, plastic, withdrawable (aa = 11 53) Material, frame (h) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel Connection side (i) 1 = right-hand, 2 = left-hand 1) On request. 2) If the air cooler has a split coil, the output stages are per coil body.
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
183
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Centrifugal fan, belt driven EULR-aa-b-c-d-e-ff-g-h-i Unit size (aa) 60 84 1) 2) Fan size (b) 1, 2, 3 Impeller type (c) 1 = Backward curved blades, aa = 20-84 2 = Backward curved, reinforced, aa = 20-84 3 = Forward curved blades, aa = 11-71,80 & b = 2 Equipment (d) 0 = Without 1 = With inlet guide vanes (aa-b = 21-1 84-3,c =1,2, g = 1 4) 3 = spark proof version 5 = Air flow measurement with q-Master (g = 1, 3, 58) 6 = spark proof + Air flow measurement with q-Master (g = 1, 3, 58) 7 = Air flow measurement with q-Master (g = 1, 3, 58) excl. instrument 8 = spark proof + Air flow measurement with q-Master (g = 1, 3, 58) excl. instrument Material (e) 1 = galvanized steel sheet 2 = stainless steel c=1,2 (epoxy painted scroll and impeller) 5 = stainless steel c=1,2 (Extra epoxy painted scroll and impeller) In- and outlet (ff) See adjacent figures Motor location (g) Internal motor 1 = one motor, internal, rubber anti-vibration mountings for horizontal unit (vertical aa= 1132) 2 = two motors, internal, rubber anti-vibration mountings for horizontal unit (vertical aa= 1132) 3 = one motor, internal, steel spring anti-vibration mountings for horizontal unit 4 = two motors, internal, steel spring anti-vibration mountings for horizontal unit External motor with belt guard (not for outdoor installation) 5 = one motor, external, incl. belt guard, rubber anti-vibration mountings for horizontal unit aa = 2042; b = 2, 3; c = 1, 2) 3) 6 = two motors, external, incl. belt guard, rubber anti-vibration mountings for horizontal unit (aa = 2042; b = 2, 3; c = 1, 2) 3) 7 = one motor, outside, including belt guard, steel spring anti-vibration mountings for horizontal unit (aa = 2042; b = 2, 3; c = 1, 2) 3) 4) 8 = two motors, outside, including belt guard, steel spring anti-vibration mountings for horizontal unit (aa = 2042; b = 2, 3; c = 1, 2) 3) 4)
Flkt Woods 4403 GB 2009.11 184
Design model (i) 0 = (2005) Inspection side (h) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand
Normalt inlet end wall (ff)

Normal inlet 01 02 03 04
05
06
08
Rear inlet 11
12
13
14
15
16
18
Top inlet 21
23
24
25
28
Bottom inlet 31 32
34
35
36
38
1) Sizes aa-b: 73-3 & 84-3 are not available with outlet ff=05,08,15,18,25,28,35,38. 2) Size aa=84 can not be combined with other sections in the same block
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Belt drive for centrifugal fan EULR Unit size (aa) 60 84 Fan size (b) 1, 2, 3 Impeller type (c) 1 = Backward curved blades, aa = 20-84 2 = Backward curved, reinforced, aa = 20-84 3 = Forward curved blades, aa = 11-71,80 & b = 2 Version (d) 1 = standard v-belt 2 = standard v-belt with at least two belts 3 = heavy duty v-belt 4 = heavy duty v-belt with at least two belts 7 = flat belt drive (Habacit) Belt guard (e) 1 = galvanized sheet steel screen protection for belt drive and fan inlet (aa = 3084) 2 = stainless sheet steel screen protection for belt drive and fan inlet (aa = 3084) Fan speed (ffff) r/min Motor installation (g) Spare belt set (h) 0 = without 1 = with Design model (i) 0 (2005-) EULS-aa-b-c-d-e-ff-g-h-i Air distributor Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Fan size (c) 1 2 3 Material (d) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel EULZ-13-bb-c-d
Inspection cover for fan casing 1) EULZ-15-bb-c Drain connection for fan casing 2) EULZ-16-bb-c Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Fan size (c) 1, 2, 3
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
185
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Control switch (delivered separately) EULZ-19 Motor enclosure Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Fan size (c) 1, 2, 3 Motor size (IEC sizes) (dd) 01 = 080 10 = 180M 02 = 090S 11 = 180L 03 = 090L 12 = 200ML 04 = 100L 13 = 225SMA 05 = 112M 14 = 225SMB 06 = 132S 15 = 250SM 07 = 132M 16 = 280S 08 = 160M 17 = 280SM 09 = 160L 18 = 280M Material (e) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel EULZ-28-bb-c-dd-e Protective screen door [for EUL(B,F) with motor inside] Earthing cable (Fan to casing) EULZ-24-bb-c
EULZ-26
Flow monitor, for EUL(B,F) fan Unit size (b) 2 = 6084
EULZ-31-b
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
186
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Telpher Beam EULZ-25-bb-c-d-e [for motor replacement on EUL(B,F)] Unit size (bb) (telescopic beam) (telpher beam) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Fan size (c): 1, 2, 3 Version (d) 3 Material (e) 1 = galvanized steel, 2 = stainless steel Telpher trolley EULZ-29 (set for EULZ-25, size 51-84) (telpher trolley, lifting block, extension beam, supporting uprights) Airflow indicating instrument, analogue (not plenum fan) Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Fan size (c) 1,2,3,4 Rotor type (d) Fan type by (c) position calling EUL(B,F) 3 = normal impeller 4 = heavy-duty impeller Fan type (e) 1 = EULF and EULR c = 2 2 = EULB and EULR c = 1, 2, 3 EULZ-42-bb-c-d-e
Cable gland Size (bb) 16 = M16 20 = M20 25 = M20 32 = M20 40 = M20 50 = M20 51 = M20 63 = M20 4.5 9.5 12.5 16.5 23 31 25.5 35 7.5 12 15 19.5 27 34.5 30 46
EULZ-48-bb-c
Fitting (c) 1 = delivered loose 2 = fitted according to dimensioned sketch
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
187
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Plenum fan Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Fan size (b) 1, 2, 3 Version (c) 3 = CENTRIFLOW PLUS Equipment (d) 1 = normal + pressure tapping for air flow measurements Material (e) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel (epoxy-painted fan stand and impeller) Direction of air discharge (f) 1 = forward, to ducting 2 = forward to subsequent function 3 = upward 5 = toward rear Anti-vibration mountings (g) 1 = rubber 2 = steel spring Inspection side (h) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand Design version (i) 3 = from 2005-05 EULK-aa-b-c-d-e-f-g-h-i CENTRIFLOW PLUS
EU 60 62 64 71 73 80 82 84 1
2) 2)
2
2) 2) 2) 2) 2)
3 2) 2)
2)
2) 2)
2) Two fans
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
188
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Operation frequency, Hz, for EULK Specify the frequency, Hz, with one decimal (bbb) Ex. 55.4 Hz bbb = 554 U tube manometer for EULK EULZ-39-bbb Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Fan size (c) 1, 2, 3 Fan type (d) 0 = Centrimaster 1 = Centriflow Plus Cable gland Unit size (bb) 16 = M16 4.5 20 = M20 9.5 25 = M25 12.5 32 = M32 16.5 40 = M40 23.0 50 = M50 31.0 63 = M63 35.0 Installation (c) 7.5 mm 12.0 mm 15.0 mm 19.5 mm 27.0 mm 34.5 mm 46.0 mm EULZ-48-bb-c EULZ-41-bb-c-d
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
189
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Fan accessories (EULR, EULK) Flexible connection, outlet Duct connection frame, outlet Counterflange, outlet (d = 2, 4) Protective screen Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Fan size (c) 1, 2, 3 Fan type (d) 1 = Centrifugal fan EULR 2 = Plenum fan EULK (bb-c see EULK) Connection (e) 1 = PG 2 = Flange 3 = PG, insulated (EULZ-61) 4 = Flange, insulated (EULZ-61) Material (f) 1 = Galvanized steel 2 = Stainless steel Connection, location (g) 1 = End, outlet 2 = Top, outlet (d=1,2) 3 = Rear side, outlet (d=2) 4 = Bottom outlet (d=1) 5 = Top, inlet (d=1) 6 = Rear side inlet (d=1) 7 = Bottom inlet (d=1) Design model (h) 0 = (2005-) EULZ-61-bb-c-d-e-f-g-h EULZ-62-bb-c-d-e-f-g-h EULZ-63-bb-c-d-e-f-g-h EULZ-64-bb-c-d-e-f-g-h Damper Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Fan size (c) 1, 2, 3 Fan type (d) 1 = Radial fan EULR 2 = Plenum fan EULK (bb-c see EULK) Connection, location (e) 1 = End, outlet 2 = Top, outlet (d=1,2) 3 = Rear side, outlet (d=2) 4 = Bottom outlet (d=1) 5 = Top, inlet (d=1) 6 = Rear side inlet (d=1) 7 = Bottom inlet (d=1), supplied loose Leakage class (f) 4 = CEN 3 5 = CEN 4 Connection (g) 1 = PG 2 = Flange Material (h) 1 = Galvanized steel 2 = Stainless steel Design model (i) 0 = (2005-) EULZ-65-bb-c-d-e-f-g-h-i
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
190
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Humidifier, evaporative Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Humidification rate (b) 1 = 90%, Al 2 = 60%, Al Version (c) 1 = circulating water (aa = 20 84) 2 = once-through water Inspection side (d) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand Silencer Design model (e) 3 = 2006 with new control system Humidifier, for steam lances Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Inspection side (b) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand Humidifier fill replacement (EUQA) Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Humidification rate (c) 1 = 90%, Al. Separate fill and distribution fill 2 = 60%, Al. Separate fill and distribution fill 3 = 85%, glass fibre. Cassette w. fill and distr. fill 4 = 60%, glass fibre. Cassette w. fill and distr. fill EUQZ-01-bb-c EUQB-aa-b Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Length (b) Size 60 84 2 = 550 mm 3 = 900 mm 4 = 1300 mm 5 = 1700 mm Version (d) 0 = non-withdrawable baffles 1 = baffles withdrawable through the inspection door (aa = 11 53) Material (e) 1 = galvanized steel 2 = stainless steel Inspection side (f) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand EUSA-aa-b-7-d-e-f-2 EUQA-aa-b-c-d-3 Modification kit, water system From glasfiber to aluminium Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Humidification rate (c) 3 = 85 % glass fibre to 90 % Aluminium 4 = 60 % glass fibre to 60 % Aluminium Version (d) 1 = circulation water (aa = 20 84) 2 = once-through water EUQA-03-bb-c-d
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
191
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Empty section Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Length, mm (b) Sizes 60 84 1 = 150 1) 2 = 250 1) 3 = 350 4 = 450 5 = 550 6 = 650 7 = 750 8 = 900 9 = 1000 Duct connection (c) 0 = without 1 = at the top (b = 3 9) 2 = at the rear (b = 5 9) 3 = at bottom (b = 3 9) Inspection door (d) 0 = without door 1 = with door (b = 2 9) 2 = with door for positive pressure (b = 5 9) 2) 3 = with drain trough (b = 3 9, c = 0 2) 4 = with door and drain trough (b = 3 9, c = 0 2) 5 = door hung on down stream side (EUPF) 6 = door hung on down stream side opening inward (EUPF) 2) Inspection side (e) 1 = right-hand, 2 = left-hand 1) Not for separate blocks EUTC-aa-b-c-d-e Damper for EUTC Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Length, mm (EUTC) (c) Sizes 60 84 3 = 350 4 = 450 5 = 550 6 = 650 7 = 750 8 = 900 9 =1000 Location (d) 1 = top (aa = 60 84 int.) (c = 3 9) 2 = rear side (aa = 60 84 int.) (c = 5 9) 3 = top/bottom 3) (aa = 60 84 int.) (c = 3-9) Damper type (e) 2 = galvanized sheet steel CEN 3 damper 3 = galvanized sheet steel CEN 4 damper 5 = stainless sheet steel CEN 3 damper 6 = stainless sheet steel CEN 4 damper Connection (f) 1 = PG joint (aa = 11 53) 2 = flanged joint 3) Sizes 11 53 at bottom. EUTZ-01 not fitted. EUTZ-01-bb-c-d-e-f
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
192
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Flexible connection (EUTC) Connection piece (EUTC) Counterflange (EUTC) (e = 2, 4) Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Length, mm (EUTC) (c) Sizes 11 53 3 = 300 4 = 400 5 = 500 6 = 600 7 = 700 8 = 800 9 = 900 Sizes 60 84 3 = 350 4 = 450 5 = 550 6 = 650 7 = 750 8 = 900 9 = 1000 EUTZ-02-bb-c-d-e EUTZ-03-bb-c-d-e EUTZ-04-bb-c-d-e Electrical cabinet section Unit size (aa) 60-84 Function (b) 0 = With provision for controls installed by customer (L=700) 1 = Electrical section for controls without frequency inverter Frequency inverter power (ccc) Given in kW with 1 decimal, x10 (ex. 5,5 kW = 055) Power supply (d) 3 = 1 x 230 V 4 = 3 x 400 V Controller (e) 0 = without (b = 6) 2 = Siemens Saphir (b=1) 3 = t.a.c Xenta (b = 1,2) 5 = Johnson Controls (b=1) Extrautrustning (f) 0 = without Installation (g) 1 = indoor 2 = outdoor Flange position (h) 0 = without 1 = in top panel (g = 1). Note: not for double-deck! 2 = in front panel, downside 3 = in front panel, upside Material (i) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel Inspection side (i) 1 = right 2 = left NB: Use the separate ordering key for placing an order for the control equipment. EUEL-aa-b-ccc-d-e-f-g-h-i-j
Location (d) 1 = top/bottom (aa = 60 84 int.) (c = 3 9) 2 = rear side (aa = 60 84 int.) (c = 5 9) Connection type (e) 1 = PG joint, galvanized steel (not for EUTZ-04) 2 = flanged joint, galvanized steel 3 = PG joint, stainless steel (not for EUTZ-04) 4 = flanged joint, stainless steel 5 = PG-joint, insulated galvanized sheet steel (EUTZ-02) 6 = Flange connection, insulated galvanized sheet steel (EUTZ-02) 7 = PG-joint, insulated stainless sheet steel (EUTZ-02) 8 = Flange connection, insulated stainless sheet steel (EUTZ-02)
Frost protection screen Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Material (b) 1 = galvanized steel 2 = stainless steel Inspection side (c) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand
EUTE-aa-b-c
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
193
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
REGOTERM rotary heat exchanger For horizontal air flow EURA-aa-b-c-d-e-f Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84
1)
Speed detector 3)
EURZ-02-b
Version (b) 1 = alarm relay (for constant speed) 2 = magnetic sensor (for constant and variable speed, factory fitted)
Foil spacing (b) 1 = normal 2 = coarse 3 = normal, tropical version 4) 4 = TURBOTERM 5 = TURBOTERM, tropical version
Differential thermostat with temperature sensors
EURZ-03-2
4)
Rotor type (c) Whole rotor (aa = 20 42) 1 = non-hygroscopic 2 = hygroscopic 3 = non-hygroscopic, corrosion protected edges 4 = hygroscopic, corrosion protected edges Sectionalized rotor (aa = 30 84) 5 = non-hygroscopic 6 = hygroscopic 7 = non-hygroscopic, corrosion protected edges 8 = hygroscopic, corrosion protected edges Drive (d) Supply air in lower unit 1 = constant speed 2 = variable speed, including speed control (EMS ) (aa = 62 84) 3 = variable speed, including speed control (EMS Master) (aa = 62 84) 7 = variable speed, including speed (EMS S) (aa = 2060) 8 = variable speed, including speed (EMS E) (aa = 2060) Supply air in upper unit 4 = constant speed 5 = variable speed, including speed control (EMS) (aa = 62 84) 6 = variable speed, including speed control (EMS Master) (aa = 62 84) 9 = variable speed, including speed control (EMS S) (aa = 2060) 0 = variable speed, including speed control (EMS E) (aa = 2060) Material (e) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel Inspection side (f) 2) 3 = right-hand, split casing (aa = 6084; c = 58) 4 = left-hand, split casing (aa = 6084; c = 58)
1) Sizes 60 84: split rotor and casing to be assembly at building site. Sizes 60 84: ECONOVENT rotor matched for connection to EU casing. 2) As viewed in the direction of supply air flow. 3) The EURZ-02-1 together with EURZ-02-2 is used for the constant speed version. Only the EURZ-02 is used for the variable-speed version. 4) c = 2, 4, 6, 8 and d = 1 or 4.
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
194
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
ECOTERM liquid-coupled heat exchangers EURF-aa-b-c-d-e-ff-g-h-i Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Finned heat exchanger (b) 1 = air heater (without drain tray) 2 = air cooler or heater 3 = air cooler with droplet eliminator, plastic Output variant (c) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 Version (d) 1 = normal face area, one coil 2 = max. face area, one coil 3 = normal face area, split coil (aa = 60 84) Split horizontally 4 = max. face area, split coil (aa = 60 84) Split horizontally. Extension frame made of galvanized sheet steel 5 = max. face area, extension frame made of stainless sheet steel 6 = max. face area, horizontally-split coil (aa = 60 84), extension frame made of stainless sheet steel 7 = max. face area, extension frame made of polyester-coated sheet steel 8 = max. face area, horizontally-split coil (aa = 60 84), extension frame made of poyester coated sheet steel Fin spacing (e) 1 = 2 mm, 4 = 4 mm Circuit (ff) Taken from Coil selection program. Material, coil (g) 1 = Cu/Al 2 = Cu/Cu 3 = Cu/Cu tinned fins 4 = Cu/Al Corropaint 5 = Cu/Al copper headers 07 = Cu/Al, flat fins 08 = Cu/Cu, flat fins 09 = Cu/Al, copper headers and flat fins Material, frame (h) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel Connection side (i) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand Liquid-coupled EURT-aa-b-c-d-e-ff-g-h-i heat exchanger, ECONET Unit size (aa) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Finned heat exchanger (b) 2 = supply 3 = supply with droplet eliminator, plastic (PP) 5 = exhaust 6 = exhaust with droplet eliminator, plastic (PP) Output variant (c) 2, 3, 4, 5 Version (d) 1 = normal face area, casing galvanized sheet steel 2 = max. face area, extension frame made of galvanized sheet steel 3 = normal face area, casing stainless or polyester-coated sheet steel 5 = max. face area, extension frame made of stainless sheet steel 7 = max. face area, extension frame made of polyester-coated sheet steel Fin pitch (e) 1 = 2 mm 2 = 2.5 mm 4 = 4 mm Water circuits (ff) from computer print out Material, coil (g) 1 = Cu/Al 2 = Cu/Al 3 = Cu/Al finned fins 4 = Cu/Al Corropaint 5 = Cu/Al copper header 07 = Cu/Al, flat fins 08 = Cu/Cu, flat fins 09 = Cu/Al, copper headers and flat fins Material, frame (h) 1 = galvanized sheet steel 2 = stainless sheet steel Connectionside (i) 1 = right-hand 2 = left-hand
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
195
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Heat EURZ-05-bb-c-dd-eee-ff-ggg-h-i exchanger package for Econet Unit size (bb) 60, 62, 64 71, 73 80, 82, 84 Heat exchanger designed for (c) 1 = Heat recovery 2 = Cooling energy recovery 3 = Heating and cooling energy recovery Size of heat exchanger (dd) For c = 1, 3 If 00 then c = 2 Number of plates in heat exchanger (eee) For c = 1, 3 If 000 then c = 2 Size of heat exchanger for cooling (ff) For c = 2, 3 If 00 then c = 1 Number of plates in heat exchanger for cooling (ggg) For c=2,3. If 000 then c=1 Pipes (h) 1 = Steel pipes for pressure vessels 2 = Stainless Versions nummer (i) Motor, 1-speed Number of poles (a) 2,4,6,8 Rated output (b) Rated output to be specified in kW x 100 eg. bbbbb = 00175 denotes 1.75kW Voltage (c) 1 = 220-230 V 2 = 380-400 V 4 = 400-415 V 5 = 500 V See tables for detailed information Temperature sensors in stator winding (d) 0 = without 1 = with thermostatic contacts 2 = with thermistor Motor (e) 0 = Efficiency Class 2 ABB 1 = Efficiency Class 1 ABB 2 = Efficiency Class 2 WEG APAL-a-bbbbb-c-d-e
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
196
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Motor 2-speed, 4/6 poles, separate windings Motor, 2 speeds, 4/6 poles, separate windings, same output for both speeds ATSL-a-bbbbb-c-d Motor, 2 speeds, 2/4, 4/8 poles, Dahlander ARAL-a-bbbbb-c-d Motor, 2 speeds, 2/4, 4/8 poles, separate windings, same output for both speeds ARSL-a-bbbbb-c-d Motor, 2 speeds, 2/4, 4/8 poles, separate windings ASSL-a-bbbbb-c-d Number of poles (a) 2,4,6,8 Rated output (b) Rated output to be specified in kW x 100 eg. bbbbb = 00175 denotes 1.75kW Voltage (c) 1 = 220-230 V 2 = 380-400 V 4 = 400-415 V 5 = 500 V See tables for detailed information Temperature sensors in stator winding (d) 0 = without 1 = with thermostatic contacts 2 = with thermistor ATAL-a-bbbbb-c-d Motor cable APAK-a-b-c-d-e-ffff-ggg-h-0-j Motor (a) 1 = 1- speed 2 = 1- speed, Star/Delta start 3 = 2- speed Frequency inverter (b) 0 = without 1 = fitted 2 = integral motor 3 = intended for/supplied with motor Connection accessories, fitted (c) 0 = without 1 = safety switch 2 = shielded safety switch 3 = junction box 4 = shielded junction box 5 = quick-fit connector (<11 kW) 6 = safety switch with quick-fit connector Temperature monitor (d) 0 = without 1 = with thermostatic contacts 2 = thermistor Type (e) 1 = standard (Rubber insulated power cable) 2 = halogen free (Marine, shielded power cable) 3 = shielded cable (Power cable) 4 = shielded, halogen free 5 = SWA Current (ffff) Current i A with one decimal x 10 0046 = 4.6 A 0200 = 20 A Etc. Length (ggg) (function of unit size) 100 - 999 length in cm Voltage (h) 2 = 3 x 230 V AC 4 = 3 x 400 V AC 6 = 3 x 440 V AC 7 = 3 x 525 V AC 8 = 3 x 660 V AC 9 = 3 x 690 V AC Design version (j)
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
197
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Frequency inverter EU unit (a) Unit size (bb) 60-84 specified by the product selection software Capacity (c) Capacity in kW with 1 decimal x 10 005 = 0.55 kW 055 = 5.5 kW 550 = 55 kW System voltage (d) 1 = 3 x 220 V AC 2 = 3 x 230 V AC 3 = 3 x 380 V AC 4 = 3 x 400 V AC 6 = 3 x 440 V AC 7 = 3 x 480 V AC 8 = 3 x 660 V AC 9 = 3 x 690 V AC Number of phases, frequency inverter (e) 1 = 1-phase with RFI filter 2 = 1-phase without RFI filter 3 = 3-phase with RFI filter 3 = 3-phase without RFI filter Number of motor poles (f) 2 = 2 poles 4 = 4 poles 6 = 6 poles 8 = 8 poles Version (g) 1 = fitted 2 = not fitted 5 = incorporated into equipment cubicle 6 = connected to quick-fit connector (STEU) Degree of protection (h) 1 = IP24 2 = IP54 In-operation frequency (ii) [Hz] ] Make, type (jj) 00 = FWG, standard 13 = ABB, ACH 550 30 = Danfoss, VLT 6000 31 = Danfoss FCM 300, including motor STRF-1-bb-ccc-d-e-f-g-h-ii-jj
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
198
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Replacement panel PANE-99-01-ccc-ddd-e-f-g-hh Pillar, set PANE-99-02-c-ddd-e-f Panel size (cm), (ccc) perpendicular to direction of air flow or end wall height Panel size (cm), (ddd) in direction of air flow or end wall width Type (e) 1 = side, top bottom, end wall 2 = door, right-hand 3 = door, left-hand 4 = door, right-hand, vertical 5 = door, left-hand, vertical 6 = door, right-hand, for pos. pressure 7 = door, left-hand, for pos. pressure 8 = door without hinges Material (f) 1 = 0.7 mm thick galvanized sheet steel 2 = 1 mm thick galvanized sheet steel 4 = 0.9 mm thick galvanized sheet steel coated with polyester 5 = 0.7 mm thick stainless sheet steel AISI 304 6 = 1 mm thick galvanized sheet steel Outside of panel painted in optional colour 2) 7 = 0.7 mm thick stainless sheet steel AISI 316 Insulation, density (g) 1 = mineral wool 50 kg/m3 (standard A15, sizes 1153) 4 = mineral wool 140 kg/m3 (A30, sizes 1153) 6 = mineral wool 50 kg/m3 (standard A15, sizes 6084) 9 = mineral wool 140 kg/m3 (A30, sizes 6084) Version (hh) New handle 11 = panel or door 12 = door with hinges and handle (e = 27) 13 = door with window (e = 28) 15 = door with hinges, handle and window (e = 27) 3) 18 = door without hinges, with handle (e = 8) 19 = door without hinges, with handle and window (e = 8) 3) 1) Refers to a door that opens outward. Doors that open inward are available to special order. For door (e = 2 8), max. ddd = 090. 2) Painting programme (see the EU Catalogue) and the colour must be specified. 3) Refers to a centrally located single-glazed window. A quotation for other types of windows and other window locations can be submitted. Specify the type and size of opening required in the panel (inlet, outlet, window or pipe connections). See the dimensional figures.
1)
Type of pillar (c) 1 = small (length 0 mm) 2 = wide, uninsulated (length 50 mm) 4 = wide, insulated mineral wool density: 140 kg/m3 Length of pillar (ddd) To fit panel in cm Material (e) 1 = galvanized sheet steel (Al/Zn if c = 2, 4) 2 = stainless sheet steel 2333 (painted if c = 2, 4) Unit (f) 2 = EU size 6084
ccc F
ccc Y
Y X D
ddd X ddd
Rectangular opening
Round opening
All dimensions are to be specified in relation to the outside of the panel. If the dimensions perpendicular to and along the direction of air flow cannot be determined, the ordering code of the unit section and the location of the panel must be specified.
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
199
CATALOGUE
Ordering key
Certificate, air handling unit Language (b) 1 = Swedish 2 = English Certificate, fans Language (b) 1 = Swedish 2 = English Certificate, heat exchangers Type (b) 1 = product inspection certificate 2 = product inspection certificate + material certificate 3 = product inspection certificate + material certificate + welding and X-ray certificate Language (c) 1 = Swedish 2 = English Certificate, materials Language (b) 1 = Swedish 2 = English Certificate, weight Language (b) 1 = Swedish 2 = English Certificate, air handling unit (Russia) Certificate, of origin Certificate, inspection Variant (b) 1 = Visit by customer 3 = Exhibition unit Certificate, tightness testing Size (b) 2 = Modular block, 60 3 = Modular block, 62-84 CERZ-09-b CERZ-06 CERZ-07 CERZ-08-b CERZ-05-b CERZ-04-b CERZ-03-b-c CERZ-02-b CERZ-01-b
Flkt Woods
4403 GB 2009.11
200
We Bring Air to Life

FlktWoods is a global leader in air management. We specialise in the design and manufacture of a wide range of air climate and air movement solutions. And our collective experience is unrivalled. Our constant aim is to provide systems that precisely deliver required function and performance, as well as maximise energy efficiency.
Solutions for all your air climate and air movement needs
FlktWoods is providing solutions for ventilation and air climate for buildings as well as fan solutions for Industry and Infrastructure.
Air Handling Units (AHUs)

Modular, compact and small AHU units. Designed to ensure optimisation of indoor air quality, operational performance and service life.
Fans
Advanced axial, centrifugal and boxed fans for general and specialist applications. Comprehensive range including high temperature and ATEX compliant options. Engineered for energy efficiency and minimised life cycle cost.
Air Terminal Devices and Ducts

Supply and exhaust diffusers and valves for installation onwalls, ceiling or floor are all included in our large range and fit all types of applications.
Chillers
Air-cooled and water-cooled chillers with cooling capacity up to 1800kW. Designed to minimised annual energy consumption in all types of buildings.
Chilled Beams
Active induction beams for ventilation, cooling and heating, and passive convection beams for cooling. For suspended or flush-mounted ceiling installation and multi-service configuration. With unique Comfort Control and Flow Pattern Control features.
Controls and drives

Variable speed drives and control systems, all tested to ensure total compatibility with our products. Specialist team can advise on energy saving and overall system integration.
Condesign Communications AB +46 36 30 83 80
Residential ventilation
A complete range of products for residential ventilation. Consists of ventilation units, exhaust air fans and cooker hoods designed to optimise indoor comfort and save energy.
Acoustical products
A complete line of sound attenuating products, including rectangular and round silencers. Media Free silencers, custom silencers and acoustic enclosure panels.
Copyright 20010 Flkt Woods Group
Energy recovery
Dessicant-based product and systems that recover energy, increase ventilation and control humidity.
FWG-AHU-Catalouge
Flkt Woods Group SA

18, avenue Louis Casa, CH-1209 Geneva, Switzerland Tel. +41 22 309 3800 email info@flaktwoods.com www.flaktwoods.com See global website for international sales offices www.flaktwoods.com

EU - Complete Catalogue Sizes 60-84 GB 201004

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

EU - Complete Catalogue Sizes 60-84 GB 201004

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Air Handling Unit EU

Technical Data 2010

Product Codes 159 - 200

EU Air Handling Unit

TECHNICAL DATA - 2008 page 1

Pressure drop 4609

Contents Pressure drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64

Heat Recovery 8010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17

Plug fans 8010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13

EULR Fan charts 4383

Dimensions Quick Selection 8012 . . . . . . . . . .20

Menu Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34

EULR-84-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .88 EULR-60-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89 EULR-62-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90 EULR-64-2/71-2/80-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91

Description, Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38

EULK Fan charts 4381

Description, Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42

Sizing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .43 Heat Exchanger with or without Mixing . . . . .48

Fan charts Explantion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92

82-2-(3,5), 84-1-(3,5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97 82-3-(3,5), 84-2-(3,5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98 EULK-84-3-(3,5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99

EU Air Handling Unit

TECHNICAL DATA - 2008 page 2

Dimensions and weights 4377

Unit Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101 Outdoor version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102 Filter Sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103 Duct Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103

Bag filters, long . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

Panel filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104

End connection frame EUVA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118

Base frame EUAZ-04 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116

modules of different size EUVH . . . . . . . . . . . . .115

Inspection door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114 Jointing frame between

Unit casing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112 Stacked units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .113

Air heaters, for hot water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105

Intake / exhaust section EUVE

Mixing and exhaust air section EUVG

(Outdoor unit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .125 Mixing section EUVF (Outdoor unit ) . . . . . . . .126

Mixing and exhaust air section EUVD . . . . . . .122

Liquid-coupled heat exchangers,

Liquid-coupled heat exchangers, ECOTERM . .107

Plate heat exchanger, RECUTERM . . . . . . . . . . .107

Frost coil EUEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132 Air heater, electric EUEK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .133

Air heater for hot water EUEV . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131

Radial fan EULR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .145

Plenum fan EULK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .147

refrigerant EUNP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141

EU Air Handling Unit

TECHNICAL DATA - 2008 page 3

EURA REGOTERM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152 Liquid-coupled heat exchanger

EURF ECOTERM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153

Ordering key 4403

Casing, outdoor version,

Connection, Mixing EUVC EUVA EUVB

sizes 60-84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161 Casing accessories . . . . . . . . .164 Jointing frame . . . . . . . . . . . .163

Absolute filter . . . . . . . . . . . . .179

Casing accessories . . . . . . . . .168 Intake air section . . . . . . . . . .171

Intake/exhaust section, Mixing section,

outdoor version . . . . . . . . . . .173 outdoor version . . . . . . . . . . .173

Mixing and exhaust section .171

Mixing section . . . . . . . . . . . .171

End connection frame . . . . . .170

Centrifugal fan EULR EULS EULZ

Belt drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .185

Fan accessories . . . . . . . . . . . .185

EU Air Handling Unit